{"title":"Planes","description":"Experience and precision in woodworking define our \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality planes\u003c\/strong\u003e . Designed for professionals, these planes offer impeccable performance in sanding and finishing wood. Choose excellence for your woodworking projects with our precision planes.","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 400V is the entry-professional combination planer for artisans and carpenters with planing needs up to 250 mm. At 173 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg), making it suitable for workshops with limited space or those needing to occasionally move the machine. The 2.0 kW three-phase motor is sized for processing soft and medium woods in a professional cycle: for hard oak or ash, the reduced feed rate of 4.8 m\/min compared to the AD 310's 6 m\/min requires more conservative passes. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is predominantly used for the production of small and medium-sized solid wood furniture, where the 250 mm width covers the vast majority of processed boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 – 400V is positioned between the ADM 260 – 230V (same width, single-phase, for workshops without three-phase power) and the AD 310 – 400V (310 mm width, larger cutter block, for those needing more capacity). The choice between AD 260 and AD 310 depends almost exclusively on the maximum width of the workpieces: if 90% of the boards do not exceed 250 mm, the AD 260 is sufficient and costs less. If you frequently work on panels between 250 and 310 mm, the AD 310 avoids having to split the pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires 400V three-phase power: not always available in home workshops. For hobby use, consider the ADM 260 – 230V single-phase version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm width covers most solid wood pieces. The 173 kg offers stability without a special foundation and allows repositioning in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW S1 motor is not sized for prolonged industrial cycles on hardwoods. Consider the AD 310 or ADM 300 with helical cutter block.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e processing pieces over 250 mm wide (consider AD 310); intensive production on hardwoods like oak or ash for more than 4 continuous hours; workshops with only single-phase 230V power (choose ADM 260 – 230V).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter guard, switch with undervoltage release, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 400V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 – 400V requires 400V three-phase power and has a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min. The ADM 260 – 230V works with a standard domestic single-phase socket and is equipped with cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips and an integrated motor brake. For workshops with a three-phase system, the AD 260 – 400V is preferable for its smoother motor torque; for workshops or laboratories with only a 230V socket, the ADM 260 – 230V is the only practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 260 also work with hardwoods like oak or walnut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with due care. For hardwoods (oak, walnut, ash), it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1-1.5 mm for jointing and 1 mm for thicknessing, and ensure that the HSS knives are sharp. The 2.0 kW S1 motor is sized for intermittent work cycles on hardwoods: for intensive production on oak for more than 3-4 continuous hours, consider the AD 310 (3.0 kW) or the ADM 300.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (3-5 hours\/day), the 3 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping. The included setting jig ensures correct positioning after each replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust collector is compatible with the AD 260?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm, compatible with most professional-grade woodworking dust collectors. The Bernardo DC 300 (400V, flow rate 1,200 m³\/h) is the recommended solution for continuous use. For workshops with limited space, the mobile Bernardo DC 300 integrates easily without a fixed system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 260?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed, for an operating area of approximately 5 × 1.2 m. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. Delivery is on a secured pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623941869896,"sku":"08-1052","price":1449.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.png?v=1760693106"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-310-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 310 Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a jointer table of 1,610 mm, a Ø 95 mm shaft with 4 HSS knives at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 225 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Produced in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 295 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 310 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 is the benchmark combination planer for joinery and artisan workshops requiring planing up to 310 mm in continuous cycles. Its 295 kg structural weight distinguishes it from entry-level planers weighing 150-180 kg: the mass provides stability during passes on hardwoods like oak and ash, where lighter machines exhibit micro-vibrations visible on the finished surface. The non-deformable cast iron tables offer flatness over time, even with temperature variations in the workshop, a critical factor for window and door manufacturers and furniture makers working to tight tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo range of combination planers, the AD 310 occupies the entry-professional segment: above hobby planers with 2.2 kW motors and 150 kg structures, and below the ADM 300 models which add a helical feed roller and sound-absorbing lips for extended industrial cycles. The choice between AD 310 and ADM 300 depends on the intensity of use: for shifts up to 6 hours, the AD 310 is sufficient; beyond 6 continuous daily hours, the ADM 300 reduces the risk of thermal stops. Switching from jointer to thicknesser is managed by the double tilting of the rear tables, an operation that takes less than 60 seconds in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts (HSS knives, belts, bearings) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 310 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOversized machine for occasional use: the 400V three-phase motor requires a dedicated electrical system. Consider a single-phase version if available.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm covers 95% of work on standard boards and panels. The 295 kg provides stability without special foundation. 400V three-phase is the standard in Italian joinery workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor shifts exceeding 6 hours daily, consider the ADM 300 with helical roller and sound-absorbing lips, designed for more intensive cycles without thermal stops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with only 230V single-phase power without the possibility of a three-phase system; processing panels wider than 310 mm (consider the AD 410); workshops requiring variable selectable feed (the AD 310 has a fixed feed of 6 m\/min).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 295 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, limit switch for unintentional restart prevention, planer shaft protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaft protection guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 310 work with 230V single-phase power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Bernardo AD 310 – 400V requires 400V three-phase power. For workshops with only a single-phase socket, the ADM 260 – 230V version or other models in the Bernardo range in a single-phase configuration are available. The 400V three-phase power supply is standard in Italian joinery and artisan workshops equipped with an industrial meter. The 3.0 kW three-phase motor offers smoother starting torque compared to single-phase motors of similar power, reducing absorption peaks at start-up. Before purchasing, verify with your electrician the presence of a dedicated three-phase line with adequate protection (typically 16A).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum working width for thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe effective thicknessing width is 310 mm, with adjustable passage height from 5 to 225 mm. The maximum depth of cut per pass is 5 mm, with 2-3 mm recommended for precision finishing on hardwoods. The 310 mm covers boards, strips, and panels of the most common sizes in Italian joinery: standard interior doors, kitchen countertops, glued laminated timber beams. For panels wider than 310 mm, it is necessary to consider the AD 410 (400 mm) or work in multiple passes by splitting the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous professional use (4-6 hours\/day), the 4 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-4 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Complete replacement depends on the number of sharpening cycles (typically 5-8 cycles before discarding). The HSS knives for the AD 310 are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping. The included setting gauge provides precise knife positioning after each replacement, a critical element to avoid surface steps on the planed board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm. A dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 600-800 m³\/h is needed to effectively capture chips in thicknessing mode. Bernardo DC 300 and DC 600 are the manufacturer's recommended solutions. The chip collection hood is foldable and integrated into the machine: during jointing, it can be folded away to avoid obstructing the operator. For enclosed spaces without a fixed dust extraction system, the mobile Bernardo DC 300 (400V) is the most common solution chosen by Krollit customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 310 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,610 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm. For workpiece handling, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front of and behind the machine, for a total operating area of approximately 6.5 × 1.5 m. The alignment tables open at the back of the machine: this feature allows for wall placement on the front side, optimizing space usage in narrow workshops. The 295 kg weight does not require a special foundation. Check access to the workshop (minimum recommended door width 1.2 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623943377224,"sku":"08-1064","price":2745.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_310_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760691823"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-ad-410-400-v","title":"Bernardo AD 410 Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 410 mm, a jointer table of 1,685 mm, a Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS blades rotating at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,685 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS blades – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 340 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 410 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 is the benchmark combination planer for woodworking shops that process wide workpieces: with a usable width of 410 mm, it handles panels, joinery timber, and glued laminated beams that exceed the limits of 310 mm planers. Its 340 kg structure, 1,685 mm jointer table, and Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS blades position it in the professional-heavy segment: a machine designed for those who tackle large boards daily, such as joiners, custom furniture makers, and timber framers. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used for processing solid doors, extra-large kitchen countertops, cladding panels, and beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 410 is the version with standard HSS blades in the 410 mm width family. Those looking for lower noise and longer cutting edge life can consider the AD 410 S with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts (higher range, higher price). The difference compared to the AD 310 (310 mm) is not just in width: the longer table (1,685 vs 1,610 mm) and greater weight (340 vs 295 kg) provide superior stability for large workpieces that require more support during feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 410 – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (340 kg) with 400V three-phase motor: excessive size and cost for occasional use. For hobbyists with workpieces up to 250 mm, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery\/craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who frequently work with pieces between 310 and 410 mm wide, doors, panels, beams, this is the most suitable solution. 400V three-phase is the standard in Italian joinery shops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles over 6 hours\/day on hardwoods, consider the AD 410 S version with a spiral cutter block, which reduces cutting edge wear and lowers noise levels.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system; hobbyists with width requirements below 310 mm; environments with access less than 1.3 m wide (mandatory delivery check).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, limit switch against unintentional restart, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 410 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 410 offers 100 mm more planing width (410 vs 310 mm), a longer jointer table (1,685 vs 1,610 mm), and greater structural weight (340 vs 295 kg). The motor is identical (3.0 kW S1, 4.2 kW S6), as are the feed rate (6 m\/min) and dust extraction connection (Ø 100 mm). The choice depends exclusively on the width of the workpieces being processed: if you regularly exceed 310 mm, the AD 410 is necessary; otherwise, the AD 310 costs less and takes up less space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the AD 410 plane MDF or particle board?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically yes, but with reservations. MDF and particle board panels contain abrasive resins that wear HSS blades much faster than solid wood: the sharpening frequency can double compared to working on natural wood. For those who primarily work on MDF or panels with glues, it is advisable to consider the AD 410 S version with a spiral cutter block and TCT carbide inserts, which offer up to 10-20 times longer cutting edge life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction connection is Ø 100 mm. With a width of 410 mm, chip production is greater than with 310 mm versions: a dust extractor with a minimum flow rate of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V, flow rate 1,500 m³\/h) is the recommended solution for continuous professional use with this working width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS blades be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) on medium woods, the 4 HSS blades require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. On hardwoods, the frequency can increase to 1-2 weeks. The blades are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit's warehouse. The supplied setting gauge ensures correct positioning of the 4 blades after each replacement, an operation that takes 15-20 minutes with the gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm. For handling wide workpieces up to 410 mm, a clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front of and behind the machine is required. The jointer tables open at the back: front wall positioning is possible. With 340 kg, it requires a equipped platform for delivery: check access (minimum door width 1.3 m) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623944327496,"sku":"08-1067","price":3452.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_410_400V_professionale.jpg?v=1757347751"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adm-260-230v","title":"Planer Thicknesser Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 3,750 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 190 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor with integrated motor brake. Manufactured in Austria, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 3,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V is the choice for those looking for a professional 250 mm combination planer-thicknesser without the need for a three-phase power supply. It works with any 230V single-phase industrial socket, a decisive feature for small carpentry shops, craft workshops in non-industrial premises, and advanced hobbyists with a home workshop. The cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips distinguish this machine from the entry-level AD 260 – 400V: they reduce vibrations transmitted to the workpiece surface and lower the noise level during processing, a concrete advantage in shared workspaces or residential areas. The integrated motor brake stops the shaft in a few seconds after shutdown, increasing operational safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V is positioned as a premium single-phase version compared to the AD 260 – 400V: same working width (250 mm), but improved tables with sound-absorbing lips and a motor brake. Those who already have a three-phase system in their workshop should prefer the AD 260 – 400V for its more consistent motor torque; those working with single-phase power have no alternatives in the Bernardo 250 mm range until the ADM 260 S – 230V with spiral cutter block (higher range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with a 230V single-phase socket: no three-phase system required. The 160 kg weight is manageable in a home workshop with a pallet truck. 250 mm capacity covers most hobby projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase system, it's the professional 250 mm solution. Tables with sound-absorbing lips and a motor brake increase quality and safety in daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for industrial cycles on hardwoods. For intensive production, consider the ADM 300 – 400V three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with an existing three-phase system (prefer AD 260 – 400V for higher motor torque); working on pieces wider than 250 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS 18%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated motor brake, switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 HSS 18% knives fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch with motor brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect the ADM 260 – 230V to a normal household socket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V operates on 230V single-phase power, but requires an industrial CEE 16A socket, not a standard Schuko household socket. The starting current of a 2.0 kW motor can reach 8-10A for a short moment: a dedicated line with a 16A miniature circuit breaker is the recommended configuration to avoid tripping the electrical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 260 – 230V and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V operates on 230V single-phase, has tables with sound-absorbing lips, an integrated motor brake, and a feed rate of 8 m\/min. The AD 260 – 400V requires 400V three-phase, has standard tables without sound absorption, and a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min. For those with three-phase power available, the AD 260 – 400V offers more uniform motor torque under load. For those working with single-phase power, the ADM 260 – 230V is the mandatory choice at this capacity level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the maximum depth of cut of 1.8 mm for thicknessing a significant limitation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn standard professional use, no. Finishing passes typically range from 0.5 to 1.5 mm, well within the 1.8 mm limit. Only those performing aggressive roughing in initial processing might feel the limit: in that case, it is more appropriate to use the jointer mode (max depth of cut 5 mm) for initial roughing, reserving thicknessing for finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre HSS knives suitable for all types of wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS 18% knives are suitable for softwoods (pine, spruce, poplar), medium woods (cherry, European walnut, birch), and compact hardwoods (oak, ash). For very hard or resinous exotic woods (teak, iroko) or panels with MDF glue, more frequent sharpening checks are recommended. For those working predominantly on MDF or abrasive materials, Bernardo offers versions with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts (model ADM 260 S) with significantly longer lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the ADM 260 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm. For handling workpieces, at least 1.8 m of clear space is needed in front and behind, for an operating area of approximately 4.5 × 1.2 m. At 160 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. It is among the most compact professional combination planer-thicknessers in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623945146696,"sku":"08-1030","price":1281.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760519556"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adm-300-400v","title":"Bernardo ADM 300 Planer and Thicknesser - 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,510 mm jointer table, a Ø 78 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 6.6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor with a helical feed roller. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 78 mm – 4 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 280 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 is a professional combination planer\/thicknesser for carpentry shops with a need for extended work cycles. Two features distinguish it from the AD 310 in the same width range: the helical feed roller, which provides a more uniform and secure workpiece feed during thicknessing, and the ground cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips, which reduce vibrations transmitted to the finished surface and the overall noise level. The 5,500 rpm cutter block (vs 4,300 on the AD 310) produces a higher number of cuts per meter of workpiece fed, with a direct effect on surface quality. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used by furniture makers and window\/door manufacturers for daily 6-8 hour shifts on solid wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 occupies the professional-plus segment compared to the AD 310: same approximate width (305 vs 310 mm), but a construction more oriented towards intensive use. The ADM 300 V version adds variable feed from 1 to 10 m\/min with a digital display, useful for those who need to adjust the speed based on the type of wood and depth of cut. For those who do not need variable feed, the standard ADM 300 is sufficient and more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 300 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for intensive professional use (280 kg, three-phase 400V). For hobbyists with needs up to 250 mm, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe helical roller and sound-absorbing tables make a difference in prolonged daily use. The 5,500 rpm cutter block speed offers superior surface quality compared to entry-level professional planers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for intensive work cycles. The integrated trolley facilitates repositioning. For production with widths over 305 mm, consider the ADM 300 in the 410 mm version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobbyists with occasional use (oversized cost and dimensions); workshops without a three-phase 400V system; processing workpieces over 305 mm wide (consider AD 410 or 410 mm versions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 78 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS 18%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,105 × 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS 18% knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated trolley for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 has a 5,500 rpm cutter block (vs 4,300 on the AD 310), a helical feed roller for more uniform feeding, ground cast iron tables with sound-absorbing lips, and an integrated trolley. The AD 310 has a slightly larger width (310 vs 305 mm) and weighs 295 vs 280 kg. For intensive professional use (6-8 hour shifts), the ADM 300 is the superior choice for surface quality and operational comfort; for less intensive use, the AD 310 is more economical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the helical feed roller really make a difference?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, especially on workpieces with irregular grain or woods that tend to chip out. The helical (spiral) roller applies progressive and uniform pressure to the workpiece instead of point pressure: it reduces the risk of workpiece lift, improves the consistency of the final thickness along the entire workpiece, and minimizes roller marks on the surface of soft woods. On workpieces with knots or oblique grain, the difference in surface quality is noticeable compared to standard straight rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 and ADM 300 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 V adds variable feed from 1 to 10 m\/min adjustable via a digital display, compared to the fixed feed of 6.6 m\/min on the standard ADM 300. Variable feed is useful for adapting the speed to the type of wood (slower on hard woods for a better finish, faster on soft woods for roughing) and for optimizing productivity based on the depth of cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intensive professional use (6-8 hours\/day), the 4 HSS 18% knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks on medium woods, every 1-2 weeks on hard woods. The high cutter block speed (5,500 rpm) produces more cuts per meter advanced, increasing quality but also blade wear. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for the ADM 300 in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. The integrated trolley allows internal movement on a level floor without additional equipment. Delivery is on a pallet: weight 280 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623945933128,"sku":"08-1085","price":1965.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_300_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760691112"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-adm-300-v-400v","title":"Bernardo ADM 300 V Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,510 mm jointer table, a Ø 78 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives running at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, variable feed speed of 1–10 m\/min with a digital display, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 78 mm – 4 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–10 m\/min variable (digital display)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 280 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 300 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 300 V is the advanced version of the ADM 300: it adds a variable feed speed from 1 to 10 m\/min adjustable via a digital display, which allows the feed speed to be adapted to the type of wood, depth of cut, and required finish. For hardwoods or difficult grain, the speed is reduced to minimize tear-out and increase surface quality; for roughing softwoods, it is set to maximum to reduce processing time. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by furniture makers and window\/door manufacturers who work with a wide variety of wood species, from pine to oak, and who value operational flexibility compared to a machine with fixed feed speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 300 V occupies the upper end of the ADM 300 family: same structure, same cutter block, same motor, but with the variable feed system as the main differentiator. Compared to the standard ADM 300 (fixed feed speed 6.6 m\/min), the V is preferable for those who work with very different types of wood on the same day. For those who always work with the same type of wood with consistent passes, the standard ADM 300 is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 300 V – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (280 kg, three-phase 400V) with advanced features not necessary for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe variable feed is the main added value: it allows optimizing quality and productivity based on the type of wood processed during the day.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor productions with a variety of wood species and different finish requirements, the variable feed with digital display is a concrete quality control tool.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a three-phase 400V system; those who always work with the same type of wood with fixed parameters (standard ADM 300 is sufficient and less expensive); pieces wider than 305 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 78 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointer fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,105 × 155 mm – inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–10 m\/min variable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 280 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block protection, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknesser table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuously adjustable feed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concrete difference between fixed and variable feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith fixed feed (standard ADM 300: 6.6 m\/min), the workpiece feed speed is constant regardless of the wood and depth of cut. With variable feed (ADM 300 V: 1–10 m\/min), you can set 2-3 m\/min for hard oak for a perfect finish, and increase to 8-10 m\/min for roughing pine to maximize productivity. The digital display shows the set speed and allows you to reproduce the same settings for subsequent work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the ADM 300 V also suitable for production on exotic woods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ability to reduce the feed to 1-2 m\/min makes it suitable for dense exotic woods like teak (density ~680 kg\/m³) or ipe (~1,000 kg\/m³), where high speeds can cause fiber tear-out. With passes of 0.5-1 mm and slow feed, the ADM 300 V produces surface quality comparable to higher-end machines. Note: on siliceous woods like teak, HSS knife wear is accelerated; consider the version with a spiral cutter block and TCT inserts for intensive production on these materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the feed adjusted on the digital display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital display is integrated into the machine's control panel and shows the current feed speed in m\/min. Adjustment is done via a potentiometer or digital keypad (check the specific model's manual). The setting is retained even after the machine is switched off, allowing you to resume work with the previous parameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 300 V and standard ADM 300?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the feed system: variable 1–10 m\/min with a digital display in the V version, fixed at 6.6 m\/min in the standard version. Structure, cutter block, motor, dimensions, and weight are identical. The price of the V version is higher due to the electronic feed adjustment system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,700 × 790 × 1,080 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. The integrated trolley allows internal movement on a flat floor without additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623947243848,"sku":"08-1087A","price":2549.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADM_300_V_400V_professionale.jpg?v=1757347075"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-fs-410-n-400v","title":"Bernardo FS 410 N Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 410 N jointer-planer offers a planing width of 405 mm, a 1,640 mm jointer table, a Ø 70 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 5,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 230 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 4.0 kW S1 \/ 5.5 kW S6 three-phase 400V motor with a digital display included. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 405 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 70 mm – 3 HSS knives – 5,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 kW S1 \/ 5.5 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 255 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 410 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 410 N is the professional 405 mm combination planer in the FS family, the one with a standard HSS knife block. With a 4.0 kW S1 and 5.5 kW S6 motor, it is the most powerful among Bernardo combination planers in the 400 mm range with HSS knives, and the only one in this width to have a Ø 120 mm dust extraction port (vs Ø 100 mm for smaller versions): a technical detail that indicates a higher chip production volume and the need for a larger extraction system. The digital display for the thicknessing table is included as standard. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used for the production of solid doors, cladding panels, tables, and other wide solid wood elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 410 N is superior to the AD 410 (same format, smaller 3.0 kW motor, no display) in terms of power and cutter block speed (5,500 vs 4,300 rpm). For those looking for 405 mm with HSS knives but less intensive use, the AD 410 is sufficient. For those working large pieces in intensive cycles on hard woods, the FS 410 N is the appropriate choice in the HSS range. The next step is the spiral cutter block version (FS 410 PS) for those who want to almost completely eliminate the sharpening operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo FS 410 N – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine with a 4.0 kW three-phase motor. Oversized dimensions and cost for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who work wide pieces up to 405 mm professionally. The 4.0 kW motor provides sufficient torque even on hard woods in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive production of large formats, consider the FS 410 PS with a spiral cutter block, which drastically reduces cutting edge maintenance times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system; pieces with a width less than 310 mm (oversized machine); those who do not have a dust extractor with a Ø 120 mm connection or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurfacing planer (jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknessing planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW (5.5 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW (7.5 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650 × 1,000 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknessing table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the dust extraction port Ø 120 mm instead of Ø 100 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a working width of 405 mm, the volume of chips produced per advanced meter is about 30% higher than a 310 mm planer. The Ø 120 mm port allows this volume to be disposed of without reducing airflow and without obstructions. If you only have extractors with a Ø 100 mm hose, you can use a reducer, but the effective flow rate is reduced by 20-30%: sufficient for intermittent use, not optimal for intensive continuous cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 410 N and AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 410 N has a more powerful motor (4.0 kW S1 vs 3.0 kW), higher cutter block speed (5,500 vs 4,300 rpm), greater thicknessing depth of cut (4 vs 5 mm), Ø 120 mm dust extraction port (vs 100 mm), and digital display as standard. The AD 410 has 4 HSS knives (vs 3 for the FS 410 N) and weighs slightly more (340 vs 255 kg). For intensive professional use, the FS 410 N is superior; for less intensive use, the AD 410 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 3 HSS knives sufficient compared to the 4 of the AD 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface quality depends on the number of cuts per advanced meter, not just the number of knives. With 3 knives at 5,500 rpm and a feed rate of 7 m\/min, the FS 410 N produces approximately 39 cuts per cm advanced. With 4 knives at 4,300 rpm and 6 m\/min, the AD 410 produces approximately 29 cuts per cm. The FS 410 N therefore produces theoretically superior surface finish, despite having one less knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn continuous professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, the 3 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. The high cutter block speed (5,500 rpm) produces higher quality but also greater edge wear compared to slower cutter blocks. Knives are available as original Bernardo spare parts from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for the FS 410 N in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,650 × 1,000 × 1,000 mm. With a working width of 405 mm, a clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front and behind is needed for handling larger pieces. At 255 kg, delivery is on a pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623948161352,"sku":"08-1059","price":2549.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_410_N_400_V.jpg?v=1757017064"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-pt-310-400v","title":"Planer and thicknesser Bernardo PT 310 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a 1,300 mm surface planer table, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives rotating at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 180 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.2 kW three-phase 400V motor. Produced in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 180 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 310 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 – 400V is the 310 mm combination planer\/thicknesser in the compact and lightweight version of the PT range: at 180 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg) and the ADM 300 (280 kg), though it has a shorter surface planer table (1,300 mm vs 1,500-1,610 mm) and a smaller motor (2.2 kW vs 3.0 kW). It is the choice for those who need 310 mm width but work in tight spaces or need to move the machine, or for those with less intensive planing needs. Its 8 m\/min feed rate, higher than the AD 310 (6 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing operations on softwoods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PT range, the PT 310 is positioned as the 310 mm entry-level model: above the PT 260 (260 mm, 2.2 kW motor) and below the PT 305 D (305 mm, more powerful motor, digital display). The main limitation compared to the AD 310 is the reduced thicknessing height of 180 mm (vs 225 mm): for those who frequently work with pieces between 180 and 225 mm high, the AD 310 is necessary, for everyone else, the PT 310 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 310 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use with single-phase outlets, consider 230V versions in the PT range. The 180 kg is manageable with a pallet jack.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm width with compact structure (180 kg, 1,300 × 900 mm footprint). Suitable for workshops with limited space working with pieces up to 180 mm high.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.2 kW S1 motor and 1,300 mm table are not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 310 or ADM 300.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 180 mm in thicknessing (consider AD 310 with a pass-through of up to 225 mm); workshops without a three-phase 400V system; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePass-through height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch-plug combination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 310 and AD 310?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 310 weighs 180 kg (vs 295 kg for the AD 310), has a shorter surface planer table (1,300 vs 1,610 mm), a smaller motor (2.2 kW vs 3.0 kW), and reduced thicknessing height (180 vs 225 mm). However, the feed rate is faster (8 vs 6 m\/min). The PT 310 is suitable for those seeking 310 mm width in a compact and lightweight format; the AD 310 is superior for intensive use, tall workpieces, and structural stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I thickness plane pieces up to 200 mm high?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The maximum thicknessing height for the PT 310 is 180 mm. For pieces between 180 and 225 mm high, you need to consider the AD 310 (pass-through up to 225 mm) or the ADM 300 (up to 220 mm). For pieces up to 180 mm, the PT 310 is perfectly adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 8 m\/min feed rate also suitable for hardwoods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn hardwoods (oak, ash) with an 8 m\/min feed rate, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1-1.5 mm to avoid tear-out and motor overload. On softwoods (pine, spruce), the full 8 m\/min feed rate with 2-2.5 mm passes is perfectly feasible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the changeover from surface planer to thicknesser work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe surfacing tables open with a hinge to expose the thicknesser bed: the operation takes approximately 30-60 seconds without tools. The dust hood is integrated and automatically adjusts to both modes. It is not necessary to disconnect the dust collector during mode change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space does the PT 310 need in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm: among the most compact 310 mm planers available. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. At 180 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623948947784,"sku":"08-1041","price":1976.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_310_400V.jpg?v=1757346272"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-spessore-th-330-230v","title":"Bernardo TH 330 Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 – 230V thicknesser offers a working width of 330 mm, a passage height of 5–150 mm, a Ø 50 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 9,500 rpm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. It weighs 33 kg and has dimensions of 550 × 650 × 490 mm. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassage height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm – 2 HSS knives – 9,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax depth of cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TH 330 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 – 230V is a thicknesser only (not combined with a jointer function) in a benchtop format, designed for those who already have a separate jointer or do not need the jointer function. At 33 kg, it is the lightest and most compact in the Bernardo thicknesser range: it can be transported, stored, and repositioned without special equipment. Its 330 mm width and 9,500 rpm cutter block position it above portable hobby thicknessers (typically 200-300 mm, 6,000-8,000 rpm), while maintaining benchtop size and weight. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used as a second refining machine, alongside a jointer, or as a thicknesser in workshops with very limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 is a thicknesser-only machine: it does not have a planing (jointer) function. For those seeking a combined jointer+thicknesser machine in the same width range, the ADM 260 – 230V (250 mm, combined, single-phase) is the alternative. The TH 330 makes sense when you already have a separate jointer or when space and budget do not allow for a combined machine: in that case, 330 mm thicknessing width with a single-phase motor and 33 kg weight is a proposition difficult to find elsewhere in the Bernardo catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TH 330 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 kg, 230V single-phase, minimal footprint: easy to use and store. 330 mm width covers almost all hobby projects. Does not require a three-phase power supply.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a second refining machine or thicknesser in workshops with limited space. For primary use as the sole thicknesser in continuous production, the 1.5 kW motor may be limiting on hardwoods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW single-phase motor is not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the standalone thicknessers in the Bernardo DH range (three-phase, 3.0 kW+ motors).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height greater than 150 mm (structural limit of the machine); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 3-4 hours\/day; those who also need a planing (jointer) function (consider combined machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable with extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 650 × 490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear dust extraction port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the TH 330 also have a planing (jointer) function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Bernardo TH 330 is a thicknesser only: it does not have an alignment table or fence, so it cannot be used for planing (jointing). For a combined jointer+thicknesser function in 230V single-phase, the closest Bernardo solution is the ADM 260 – 230V (250 mm combined) or the ADM 260 S – 230V with a spiral cutter block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum length of workpieces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum workpiece length is 140 mm. Shorter pieces are not gripped correctly by the feed roller and can become dislodged during processing, posing a risk to the operator. For short strips, it is advisable to work them in close sequence or use a feeding support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Ø 50\/100 mm dust extraction port standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 has two ports: a Ø 50 mm rear port (standard for compact woodworking dust collectors) and a Ø 100 mm port (for professional dust collectors). For occasional use, a household vacuum cleaner with a Ø 50 mm hose is sufficient; for continuous professional use, a dust collector with a minimum flow rate of 400 m³\/h connected to the Ø 100 mm port is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 9,500 rpm cutter block speed a real advantage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With the same feed rate (8 m\/min) and number of knives (2), a cutter block speed of 9,500 rpm produces approximately 45% more cuts per cm compared to a cutter block at 6,500 rpm. The practical result is a smoother surface with fewer knife marks, reducing subsequent sanding time. This is why the TH 330 produces visibly superior finishes compared to hobby-range thicknessers with slower cutter blocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a support bench needed to use the TH 330?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 is designed to be placed on a stable workbench. With a height of only 490 mm, it cannot be used on the floor. The bench must have sufficient depth (at least 700 mm) to support the machine and allow rear access for the dust extraction port. The compact footprint (550 × 650 mm) allows it to be placed in a corner of the bench without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623949898056,"sku":"08-1012","price":362.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_TH_330_230V_compatta.jpg?v=1757349639"},{"product_id":"adh-250-p-400-v","title":"Bernardo ADH 250 P Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm shaft with 3 HSS blades at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. It weighs 148 kg and has dimensions of 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm. Manufactured in Austria, it is distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS blades – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADH 250 P and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V is the most compact and lightweight combined jointer-thicknesser in Bernardo's professional range with a 250 mm width in its three-phase version. At 148 kg, it is 25 kg lighter than the AD 260 – 400V (173 kg) and significantly more compact (dimensions 1,100 × 750 mm vs 1,150 × 800 mm). The 1.5 kW motor places it in the entry-level segment: suitable for workshops with limited planing needs, where the 250 mm width and low weight are the main selection criteria. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is primarily used as a first machine by carpenters starting their business, or as a support planer in workshops already equipped with a main machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADH 250 P occupies the lowest end of Bernardo's three-phase combined planer range at 250 mm: 1.5 kW motor vs 2.0 kW for the AD 260 – 400V, jointing depth up to 5 mm (vs 3 mm for the AD 260), thicknessing height up to 185 mm (vs similar 185 mm). The main difference from the AD 260 is the smaller motor: sufficient for intermittent use and soft-medium woods, more limiting for intensive cycles on hardwoods. For those who can invest slightly more, the AD 260 – 400V offers a more appropriately sized motor for daily professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADH 250 P – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires a 400V three-phase system not available in home workshops. For hobby use in single-phase, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with limited planing needs (2-4 hours\/day) on soft and medium woods. The 1.5 kW motor is sufficient for non-intensive use at 250 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW S1 motor is not sized for industrial cycles on hardwoods. Consider the AD 260 – 400V (2.0 kW) or ADM 300 – 400V (3.0 kW).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system (choose ADM 260 – 230V); pieces over 250 mm wide or over 185 mm high for thicknessing; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 3 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, planer shaft protection, anti-restart interlock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 feed handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADH 250 P and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADH 250 P has a 1.5 kW S1 motor (vs 2.0 kW for the AD 260), weighs 148 kg (vs 173 kg), has a slightly more compact footprint, and a jointing depth of up to 5 mm (vs 3 mm for the AD 260). The AD 260 has a faster feed rate (same 4.8 m\/min) but a more powerful motor for more intensive daily professional use. For intermittent use, the ADH 250 P is sufficient; for joinery workshops with 4-8 hour shifts, the AD 260 – 400V is the more suitable choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1.5 kW motor sufficient for professional work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the intensity of use and the type of wood. For softwoods (pine, fir, poplar) with passes of 1-2 mm, the 1.5 kW motor is sufficient for continuous cycles of 3-4 hours. For hardwoods (oak, ash), it is recommended to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and take breaks every 30-45 minutes to prevent motor overheating. For daily professional use on hardwoods, the AD 260 – 400V with a 2.0 kW motor is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you switch from jointer to thicknesser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe alignment tables pivot on hinges to expose the thicknesser bed. The two supplied handles facilitate manual flipping of the tables. The operation takes about 30-60 seconds without tools. The Ø 100 mm dust extraction port remains accessible in both working modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the ADH 250 P to plane particle board or MDF?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended for frequent use. Particle board and MDF contain resins and abrasives that wear HSS knives much faster than solid wood. On these materials, the sharpening frequency can increase by 50-100%. For those who primarily work with panels, consider versions with a helical cutter block and TCT inserts available in other machines in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install the ADH 250 P?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm, among the most compact in Bernardo's professional combined planer range. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is needed. At 148 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. Delivery is on a standard pallet, no special lifting equipment required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50623950258504,"sku":"08-1019A","price":1196.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADH_250_P_400V_compatta.jpg?v=1757348634"},{"product_id":"carpenter-set-3-pezzi","title":"Bernardo Hand Planer – 3-piece Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eSet of 3 Bernardo hand planes for manual woodworking: roughing, finishing, and corner trimming. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 hand planes of different sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e roughing, finishing, manual woodworking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen this set is needed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand planes remain essential tools in woodworking for operations that machines cannot perform: in-situ finishing on already assembled pieces, correcting edges and surfaces in hard-to-reach spots with an electric planer, working on small pieces where the use of a machine would be dangerous or impractical. The set of 3 covers basic needs: a short plane for roughing and material removal, a medium plane for general leveling, and a long (or specific) plane for joints and extended surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho this set is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete set for common manual operations without having to purchase each plane separately.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan carpenter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful as a set of manual tools complementing machines, for in-situ finishing and corrections.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial use requires electric planers or CNC machines. Hand planes are finishing and correction tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Bernardo hand planes of different sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the sizes of the 3 planes included in the set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes planes of different sizes to cover the main manual woodworking operations. For the exact sizes of the individual planes included in the set, please contact Krollit: configurations may vary based on manufacturer availability. Krollit, as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007, has access to updated catalog specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades replaceable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo hand planes are fitted with replaceable and re-sharpenable hardened steel blades. For blade replacement and compatible accessories, please contact Krollit; original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-piece set and the 5-piece set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-piece set includes 2 additional planes compared to the 3-piece set, covering a wider range of specialized operations. If manual planes are complementary rather than primary tools in the workshop, the 3-piece set is sufficient for most operations; the 5-piece set is preferable for those who use hand planes as primary tools or work on a wider variety of profiles and surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692450550088,"sku":"14-1040","price":139.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_mano_-_Set_da_3_pezzi.jpg?v=1750786133"},{"product_id":"carpenter-set-5-pezzi","title":"Bernardo Hand Planer - 5-piece set","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo 5-piece hand plane set for comprehensive manual woodworking: roughing, finishing, corner trimming, profiles, and curved surfaces. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 hand planes of different sizes and types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e roughing, finishing, profiles, corners, curved surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen the complete 5-piece set is needed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-piece hand plane set covers the entire range of manual woodworking operations: in addition to the standard roughing and finishing operations of the 3-piece set, it adds tools for contoured profiles, internal corners, and irregularly shaped surfaces. It is the choice for those who use hand planes as primary tools in the production process, restorers, cabinetmakers, luthiers, where the variety of tools makes a difference in the final quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete set but potentially oversized for those who use hand planes occasionally. Consider the 3-piece set if needs are limited.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinetmaker \/ restorer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 5 planes cover profiles, internal corners, and curved surfaces necessary for quality restoration and cabinetmaking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan carpenter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete set for those who regularly combine manual work with electric machinery, covering all finishing operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bernardo hand planes of different sizes and types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of planes are included in the 5-piece set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-piece set typically includes planes of different lengths and configurations to cover roughing, flat finishing, corner finishing, profiles, and curved surfaces. For the exact composition of the set, please contact Krollit: configurations may vary based on the availability of the updated Bernardo catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-piece and 5-piece set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-piece set includes 2 additional planes compared to the 3-piece set, designed for more specialized work such as contoured profiles and internal corners. For those who use hand planes primarily for finishing and corrections on machine-worked pieces, the 3-piece set is sufficient. The 5-piece set is preferable for those who work manually on a wide variety of shapes and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the blades replaceable and re-sharpenable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hardened steel blades of Bernardo planes are replaceable and re-sharpenable. Original spare parts are available from Krollit's warehouse with 3-5 business day shipping. For precision sharpening of blades, Bernardo produces specific sharpening machines for bench tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692452352328,"sku":"14-1041","price":167.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_mano_-_Set_da_5_pezzi.jpg?v=1750786026"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-con-albero-a-spirale-ad-260-s-230v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 S - 230V Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 24 TCT inserts at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor. Noise reduction up to 50% compared to HSS knives. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 24 TCT inserts – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 S – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 230V is the spiral cutterblock version of the AD 260 in a single-phase configuration: it combines the advantages of the TCT cutterblock, reduced noise, up to 20 times longer lifespan, and maintenance through single insert replacement, with the practicality of single-phase 230V power supply, which does not require a three-phase system. In Krollit customer workshops, it is primarily chosen by artisans and carpenters who work in environments where noise levels are a critical factor (shared workshops, residential areas, carpentry schools) or who want to almost completely eliminate knife sharpening from their maintenance routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpiral cutterblock vs HSS knives: the practical difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith HSS knives, professional use requires sharpening every 1-4 weeks. With the TCT spiral cutterblock, each insert has 4 cutting edges: when one cutting edge wears out, the insert is rotated 90° to expose a fresh cutting edge, a 2-minute operation with an Allen key, without disassembling the cutterblock. Complete replacement of an insert only occurs when all 4 cutting edges are worn out, with a maintenance frequency 10-20 times lower than HSS knives. The 24 inserts always work in a staggered sequence, eliminating the harmonic vibrations that produce the characteristic noise of straight-knife planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 260 S – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, 173 kg, reduced noise: suitable for home workshops with neighbours. Minimum maintenance thanks to reversible TCT inserts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase system that want to eliminate sharpening from their routine. Reduced noise is a tangible advantage in 8 hours of daily work.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 260 S – 400V three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with an existing three-phase system (consider AD 260 S – 400V for higher motor torque); pieces over 250 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 pcs reversible (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, anti-kickback rollers, cutterblock guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 24 TCT inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you replace a worn TCT insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing a TCT insert requires an Allen key (included) and about 2 minutes per insert. There is no need to disassemble the cutterblock or send the machine for service. Procedure: switch off the machine, lock the cutterblock, unscrew the insert screw with the Allen key, rotate the insert 90° to expose the fresh cutting edge (or replace it if all 4 cutting edges are worn), screw it back in, and resume work. The 24 TCT inserts of the AD 260 S each have 4 usable cutting edges before replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the spiral cutterblock also work on resinous woods like pine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and with superior results to HSS knives. The geometry of the spiral TCT inserts produces a smoother surface on resinous woods due to the progressive cutting angle that reduces fiber tear-out. Resin tends to build up on the inserts more quickly than with hardwood: periodic cleaning with a specific solvent (every 2-3 weeks with intensive use) maintains optimal cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 S – 230V and ADM 260 S – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 S – 230V has a cutterblock with 24 TCT inserts and a 1,090 mm jointer table. The ADM 260 S – 230V has a spiral cutterblock with 24 HM inserts, a table with sound-absorbing lips, a prismatic guide, and a thicknessing table guided on a central column, superior construction features that make it more suitable for intensive professional use. The price difference reflects the higher construction level of the ADM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should TCT inserts be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach TCT insert has 4 cutting edges. In professional use on medium woods (4-6 hours\/day), a cutting edge rotation is necessary every 4-8 weeks per insert. Complete insert replacement occurs when all 4 cutting edges are worn out, every 4-8 months in professional use. Compared to HSS knives which require sharpening every 1-4 weeks, maintenance is drastically reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is needed. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. Delivery is on a standard pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692573364552,"sku":"08-1053","price":1781.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AD_260_S_Pialla_filo_e_spessore_250_mm_con_albero_a_spirale_400_V.jpg?v=1757520445"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-s-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 S - 400V Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 24 TCT inserts at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Noise reduction up to 50%. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 24 TCT inserts – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 S – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 400V is the spiral cutterblock version of the AD 260 in a three-phase configuration: for those who already have a three-phase system in their workshop and are willing to invest slightly more than the standard AD 260 HSS to eliminate knife sharpening from routine maintenance. The 2.0 kW three-phase motor offers a smoother starting torque than the single-phase version, with lower absorption peaks on the power line. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by joinery shops that work long shifts on mixed woods, where the versatility of TCT inserts on any type of wood, from softwoods to hardwoods, reduces machine downtime for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAD 260 S – 400V vs AD 260 S – 230V: when to choose three-phase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two versions have identical technical specifications (same width, same cutterblock, same weight). The difference is exclusively in the power supply: the 400V three-phase offers more uniform motor torque under load and lower peak absorption, appreciable advantages in prolonged work cycles on hardwoods. For those with available three-phase power, the 400V is the natural choice; for those without three-phase power, the 230V is the corresponding version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo AD 260 S – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires a 400V three-phase system. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The TCT cutterblock is also appreciated in occasional use due to almost no maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with 400V three-phase that want to eliminate sharpening from their routine. On mixed woods, TCT offers consistent quality without adapting maintenance frequency to the type of wood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles, consider the ADM 260 S – 400V with superior construction. The AD 260 S – 400V is suitable for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a three-phase system (choose AD 260 S – 230V); pieces over 250 mm wide; intensive production on very hard woods over 7 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 pcs reversible (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, anti-kickback rollers, cutterblock guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 24 TCT inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose the 400V version over the 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an available three-phase system, the 400V version offers more uniform motor torque under load, fewer cutterblock speed fluctuations during passes on hardwoods, and lower peak absorption on the line. In practice: less interference with other users of the system during startup, more linear performance in intensive work. If three-phase is not available, the 230V version is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the 24 TCT inserts on the AD 260 S the same as on the AD 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The AD 260 S uses a Ø 75 mm cutterblock with 24 TCT inserts; the AD 310 S uses a Ø 95 mm cutterblock with 52 TCT inserts. The inserts are not interchangeable between the two models. However, the geometry of the inserts is standardized: the TCT spare parts available from Krollit are compatible with the respective cutterblock of each model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the maintenance of TCT inserts managed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach insert has 4 cutting edges. When the surface quality noticeably declines, the insert is rotated 90° with an hex key: a 2-minute operation, no special tools, no need for sharpening. Complete replacement of the insert occurs when all 4 cutting edges are worn out. With 24 inserts on the cutterblock, they are rarely replaced all at once: maintenance is progressive, insert by insert, without ever stopping production for an entire day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 260 S work well on MDF and panels with glue?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, much better than HSS knives. The TCT carbide inserts resist the abrasive resins of MDF much longer than HSS high-speed steel. On MDF, the frequency of insert rotation may increase compared to solid wood, but it remains significantly lower than the frequency of HSS sharpening. For production mainly on MDF or particleboard, the version with a TCT spiral cutterblock is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For handling workpieces, at least 1.8 m of free space is needed in front and behind. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692574740808,"sku":"08-1054","price":1781.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AD_260_S_Pialla_filo_e_spessore_250_mm_con_albero_a_spirale_400_V.jpg?v=1757520445"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-310s-spirale-400v","title":"Bernardo AD 310 S Planer Thicknesser – 400V with spiral cutter block","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 S – 400V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a jointer table of 1,610 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 95 mm with 52 TCT inserts at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 225 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. It provides up to 50% noise reduction and a cutting edge life up to 20 times longer than HSS knives. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 95 mm – 52 TCT inserts – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 225 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 295 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 310 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 310 S is the spiral cutterblock version of the AD 310: same structure, same motor, same weight, but with 52 TCT inserts instead of 4 HSS knives. The choice between AD 310 and AD 310 S depends almost exclusively on the frequency of maintenance desired: those who consider knife sharpening an acceptable routine choose the lower-cost AD 310; those who want to almost completely eliminate machine downtime for cutting edge maintenance choose the AD 310 S. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by joineries with 6-8 hour shifts on mixed woods, where the time spent on traditional sharpening impacts productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e52 TCT inserts: why so many\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 95 mm cutterblock of the AD 310 S holds 52 inserts in a helical, staggered arrangement: each insert cuts only a small section of the workpiece per rotation, with a progressive entry angle that eliminates harmonic vibrations. The result is a surface with superior cutting fineness compared to straight knives, less tear-out on oblique grain, and a significantly lower noise level, measurable at 10-15 dB less than the HSS version. Each insert has 4 cutting edges: when one edge wears out, it is rotated by 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 310 S – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (295 kg, three-phase). For hobby use, TCT is appreciated for minimal maintenance, but the cost is higher than the AD 310 HSS.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe time saved on cutting edge maintenance recoups the additional investment compared to the AD 310 HSS in about 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor 6-8 hour shifts, TCT virtually eliminates downtime for sharpening. For even more intensive production, consider the ADM 300 with a helical roller.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system; those who primarily work with straight knives and prefer not to change technology; workpieces over 310 mm wide (consider AD 410 S).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 reversible pcs (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,610 × 900 × 1,150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e295 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutterblock guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 52 mounted TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 310 and AD 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 310 mounts 4 HSS knives on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock. The AD 310 S mounts 52 TCT inserts on the same cutterblock. Structure, motor, dimensions, and weight are identical. TCT offers: approx. 50% noise reduction, 10-20 times longer cutting edge life, maintenance by rotation\/individual replacement without disassembling the cutterblock. The cost of the AD 310 S is higher; the time saved in maintenance recoups it in 12-18 months of full-shift professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWith 52 inserts, is replacement complicated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The inserts are not replaced all at once. In normal use, 1-3 inserts are dealt with at a time, those in the most stressed positions. The procedure is identical regardless of the number of inserts: hex key, 2 minutes per insert, no cutterblock disassembly. The 52 inserts mean more cutting points distributed on the cutterblock, higher surface quality, not greater maintenance complexity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AD 310 S work on all wood types?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with superior results to the HSS version on almost all woods. Particularly appreciated on: hard woods with difficult grain (oak, ash, walnut) where the helical cut reduces tear-out; resinous woods (pine, larch) where resin accumulates less on TCT inserts than on HSS knives; MDF and panels with glues where TCT lasts 10-20 times longer than HSS. On very exotic and siliceous woods, TCT insert wear is faster than usual but remains manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the AD 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction outlet is Ø 100 mm. With a 310 mm width, a dust extractor with a minimum airflow of 600-800 m³\/h is needed. The spiral cutterblock produces chips of a different shape than straight knives, smaller and more homogeneous, which are easily extracted even with medium-capacity systems. Bernardo DC 300 and DC 600 are compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,610 × 900 × 1,150 mm. For moving workpieces, clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. At 295 kg, adequate means for unloading are required: check access (minimum door width 1.2 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692575723848,"sku":"08-1066","price":3391.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_310_S_con_albero_a_spirale_e_inserti_TCT.jpg?v=1760689970"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-con-albero-a-spirale-ad-410-s-400-v","title":"Planer and Thicknesser Bernardo AD 410 S – 400V with spiral cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 S – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 410 mm, a jointer table of 1,685 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 95 mm with 72 TCT inserts at 4,300 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Noise reduction up to 50%, cutting edge life up to 20 times longer than HSS knives. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 95 mm – 72 TCT inserts – 4,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 410 S and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 410 S is the 410 mm combined planer with a TCT spiral cutterblock: the choice for woodworking shops that professionally process wide workpieces and want to eliminate machine downtime for sharpening. The 72 inserts on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock, the highest density in the AD range, offer superior surface quality compared to the HSS version on any wood type, with a measured noise level of approx. 10-15 dB lower. In Krollit customer workshops, it is predominantly used by window and door manufacturers and furniture makers who work on wide doors, panels, and beams in full shifts, where cutting edge maintenance time is a real cost to productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e72 inserts vs 52 inserts: when the AD 410 S vs the AD 310 S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is not only in width (410 vs 310 mm) but also in the density of inserts on the cutterblock: the AD 410 S has 72 TCT inserts compared to 52 on the AD 310 S. More inserts on a greater width mean a more even distribution of the cutting load, with less stress on each individual insert and consistent surface quality even on large workpieces. The choice between AD 310 S and AD 410 S depends exclusively on the maximum width of the workpieces being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 410 S – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (340 kg, three-phase). Cost and dimensions oversized for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall woodworking shop \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who work with wide workpieces up to 410 mm and want to eliminate cutting edge maintenance from their routine. TCT is particularly advantageous for doors and panels where surface quality is critical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive production of wide workpieces, TCT is the correct choice. For extreme cycles over 8 hours\/day on hard woods, also consider the FS 410 PS with a more powerful motor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a three-phase 400V system; workpieces with a width less than 310 mm (oversized); environments with access less than 1.3 m wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface planer (jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 reversible pieces (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning fence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, planer cutterblock guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 72 TCT inserts mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 410 and AD 410 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 410 uses 4 HSS knives on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock. The AD 410 S uses 72 TCT inserts on the same cutterblock. Structure, motor, dimensions, and weight are identical. The advantage of TCT: noise reduced by approx. 50%, cutting edge life 10-20 times longer, maintenance by rotating the insert without disassembly. The cost of the AD 410 S is higher; the payback period is 12-18 months of professional full-shift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 72 TCT inserts difficult to manage?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. As with all Bernardo spiral cutterblocks, maintenance is done insert by insert, not all 72 simultaneously. In practice, 2-5 inserts are addressed at a time, those in the most stressed position or with the most worn cutting edge. The operation requires an hex key and 2 minutes per insert. The high number of inserts is an advantage for cutting quality, not a maintenance burden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the AD 410 S suitable for knotted workpieces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The TCT spiral cutterblock handles wood with irregular knots better than HSS knives: the helical cutting angle reduces mechanical shock on the insert when passing over a knot, extending the life of the cutting edge. On knotty oak or chestnut with frequent knots, the AD 410 S produces a smoother surface than the HSS version and requires fewer subsequent sanding operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often are the inserts rotated in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, an insert rotation is necessary every 6-10 weeks per insert. With 72 inserts on the cutterblock and progressive rotation, maintenance is distributed over weeks: there is never a time when the machine has to be stopped for a complete replacement. TCT spare parts are available from Krollit stock with shipping in 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,685 × 1,045 × 1,100 mm. For a 410 mm working width, at least 2.5-3 m of clear space is needed in front and behind for handling larger workpieces. At 340 kg, delivery requires a equipped flatbed: check access (minimum door width 1.3 m, height 1.4 m with machine on pallet truck).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692577100104,"sku":"08-1069","price":3965.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_410_S_con_albero_a_spirale_e_inserti_TCT.jpg?v=1760689481"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310-ps","title":"Bernardo FS 310 PS Planer and Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS jointer-planer offers a planing width of 310 mm, a jointer table of 1,400 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 30 TCT inserts at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an included digital display. Weight 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 30 TCT inserts – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 PS and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS is the 310 mm combined planer from the FS family with a spiral cutterblock: positioned between the AD 310 S (295 kg, heavier structure) and lower-end spiral planers. At 205 kg, it is more manageable than the AD 310 S while offering the most generous thicknessing height in the 310 mm range: 240 mm compared to the AD 310 S's 225 mm. The 4,500 rpm cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts produces a high-frequency cut with superior finish quality. The standard digital display for the thicknessing table allows for setting and replicating thicknesses with millimeter precision. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by furniture makers and joiners who regularly work with tall pieces (up to 240 mm) and want TCT to reduce maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 PS vs AD 310 S: two 310 mm approaches with TCT\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two machines offer the same width (310 mm) and TCT cutterblock, but with different features. The AD 310 S weighs 295 kg (more stable for heavy pieces), has 52 inserts on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock and a thicknessing height up to 225 mm. The FS 310 PS weighs 205 kg (more manageable), has 30 inserts on the Ø 75 mm cutterblock at 4,500 rpm (higher cutting frequency) and a thicknessing height up to 240 mm, the most generous parameter of the two. The choice depends on: very heavy pieces to work (AD 310 S with its mass is superior) or tall pieces up to 240 mm with operational lightness (FS 310 PS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo FS 310 PS – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine (205 kg, three-phase, digital display). Cost and features oriented towards continuous professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm, 240 mm thicknessing height (maximum in its category), TCT cutterblock, digital display: the most complete combination at this width in a manageable format (205 kg).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor production of tall pieces up to 240 mm with the need to reproduce precise thicknesses (digital display) and minimal cutting edge maintenance (TCT).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase system (also available in 230V version, check availability); pieces over 310 mm wide; those who do not require a thicknessing height over 225 mm (AD 310 S is sufficient and more stable).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 reversible pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase (also available 230V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for thicknesser table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the FS 310 PS have 30 inserts and the AD 310 S have 52?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutterblock of the FS 310 PS is Ø 75 mm (smaller than the Ø 95 mm of the AD 310 S): fewer inserts can be physically mounted in a helical arrangement on a smaller diameter cutterblock. The FS 310 PS compensates with a higher cutterblock speed (4,500 vs 4,300 rpm): the number of cuts per advanced cm remains comparable between the two models. There is no universally superior model: the AD 310 S is superior for heavy pieces requiring structural mass; the FS 310 PS is superior for thicknessing height (240 mm) and manageability (205 vs 295 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the digital display included as standard or optional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital display for thicknesser table adjustment is included as standard in the FS 310 PS, it is not an optional extra. It allows reading and setting the passage height with 0.1 mm precision and replicating previous settings without having to measure the workpiece. For joineries that produce series with repeated thicknesses (e.g., frames, calibrated battens), this feature significantly reduces setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thicknessing width of the FS 310 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe useful thicknessing width is 305 mm (slightly less than the 310 mm of the jointer). The maximum thicknessing height is 240 mm, the highest among 310 mm planers in the Bernardo catalog. For pieces with heights between 225 and 240 mm, the FS 310 PS is the only option in the 310 mm range; the AD 310 S stops at 225 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it also available in a single-phase 230V version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 PS is available in both 400V three-phase and 230V single-phase versions. Contact Krollit to check the availability of the 230V version and the specifications of the single-phase version (motor power may differ slightly).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it is significantly more manageable than the AD 310 S (295 kg): it can be moved with a manual pallet truck on a flat floor. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51362463318344,"sku":"08-1043","price":2200.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51362463351112,"sku":"08-1044","price":2200.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_PS_400V_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1777724814"},{"product_id":"pialle-bernardo-pt-200","title":"Bernardo PT 200 Bench Planer\/Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 – 230V bench jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 205 mm, a jointer table of 740 mm, a Ø 50 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 8,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 120 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. It weighs 27 kg and has dimensions of 790 × 460 × 480 mm. Manufactured in Austria, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 – 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm – 2 HSS knives – 8,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 kW S1 \/ 1.75 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 – 230V is the most compact benchtop combined planer from the Bernardo catalog: 27 kg, dimensions of 790 × 460 × 480 mm, 230V operation. It is not a production machine; it is a tool for those with limited space, who move between construction sites or workshops, or who want a combined planer as a complementary machine in an already equipped workshop. The 120 mm thicknessing height is the main limitation: suitable for battens, frames, and thin pieces, not for beams and structural pieces. The 8,500 rpm of the 2-knife cutter block produces surprisingly good surface finish for the machine's size. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by itinerant artisans, restorers, and small hobby workshops as a first entry into the world of electric combined planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 200 is the absolute entry-level combined planer in the Bernardo catalog: below it, there are only hand planers. The next step is the PT 250 – 230V (250 mm width, more powerful) or the ADH 250 P – 400V (250 mm, three-phase). The PT 200 is the choice when portability and compactness are the main criteria, not work capacity. For those who want a stable workshop machine for daily use, the PT 250 or ADH 250 P are already more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 200 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 kg, 230V, minimal footprint: used on a workbench and stored away. First electric combined planer for those taking their first steps in motorized woodworking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for battens and small pieces, or for on-site use. As a main machine for a professional workshop, it is undersized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.25 kW motor and 120 mm thicknessing height are not suitable for continuous professional production. Consider higher-end machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height greater than 120 mm (absolute structural limit); continuous processing of hardwoods for more than 2 hours; use as the sole planer in a full-time professional workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 kW (1.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.75 kW (2.3 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 460 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombined dust extraction hood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Ø 60 mm dust extraction port compatible with standard extractors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ø 60 mm port is smaller than the industrial standard Ø 100 mm. It is compatible with domestic and light industrial vacuum cleaners equipped with a 60 mm hose or with adapters. For workshop use without a dedicated extractor, the PT 200 produces moderate chip volumes due to its reduced width (205 mm): a domestic vacuum cleaner of 1,000-1,200 W with a Ø 60 mm adapter is sufficient for hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 200 suitable for hardwoods like oak?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith limitations. For oak, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and not exceed 1-2 hours of continuous work. The 1.25 kW motor is dimensioned for soft and medium woods in intermittent use; on hardwoods in continuous cycle, it may overheat. For regular use on oak or ash, the PT 250 or ADH 250 P with 1.5-2.0 kW motors are more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does switching from jointer to thicknesser work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch is done using the combined dust extraction hood: a specific solution of the PT 200 that allows changing modes without moving the dust extraction port. The operation takes 30-60 seconds. The thicknesser table is compact (255 mm long), sufficient for pieces up to approximately 500 mm in length with additional support; for longer pieces, infeed\/outfeed supports are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench needed for the PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of only 480 mm, the PT 200 cannot be used on the floor. It must be placed on a stable bench with a depth of at least 500 mm. Its weight of 27 kg makes it easily movable by one person. For on-site use, it can be transported in a car trunk (dimensions 790 × 460 mm) and placed on any stable flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 200 suitable as a first electric planer for a hobbyist?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed precisely for this purpose. The 27 kg, standard 230V plug, minimal footprint, and lower price compared to professional-grade combined planers make it a suitable entry point into the world of electric planers for those new to woodworking. The limit is the width (205 mm) and thicknessing height (120 mm): for most hobby projects involving battens, frames, and small boards, these are more than sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692583031112,"sku":"08-1005","price":420.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_da_banco_Bernardo_PT_200_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1760513817"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-da-banco-pt-260-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 260 – 230V Benchtop Jointer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 260 mm, a jointer table of 1,050 mm, a Ø 55 mm cutter block with 2 HSS blades at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 150 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, a 1.6 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with bag included. Weight 75 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 55 mm – 2 HSS blades – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 kW S1 \/ 2.2 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. It is the choice for those who want the advantages of the PT 260 – lightweight (75 kg), autonomous extraction, fast cutter block at 6,700 rpm – without the need for a three-phase system. It works with any 230V single-phase industrial socket, making it the easiest combined planer with integrated dust extractor to install in the Bernardo catalogue. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by restorers, itinerant artisans, and advanced hobbyists who want a complete and autonomous machine without investing in a dedicated electrical system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, 75 kg, integrated dust extractor: the combined planer with the simplest possible setup. No three-phase system, no separate dust extractor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor working on battens and boards up to 150 mm high without a three-phase system. As a main machine for joinery with tall pieces, consider the ADM 260 – 230V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.6 kW single-phase motor and the 150 mm thickness limit are not suitable for continuous industrial production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 150 mm; workshops with available three-phase systems (prefer the 400V version for higher motor torque); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW (2.1 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with chip collection bag, Ø 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium fence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGauge included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect an external dust extractor to the PT 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The dust extraction port is Ø 80 mm: with a Ø 80-100 mm adapter, an external industrial dust extractor can be connected in place of the integrated bag. This is useful for more intensive production where the bag requires frequent emptying, or for environments where centralized extraction is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 260 – 230V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 260 – 230V weighs 75 kg, has an integrated dust extractor, a thicknessing height of up to 150 mm, and a cutter block at 6,700 rpm. The ADM 260 – 230V weighs 160 kg, does not have an integrated dust extractor, a thicknessing height of up to 190 mm, a cutter block at 3,750 rpm, and tables with noise-absorbing lips. The PT 260 is the choice for those who want lightness and autonomous extraction; the ADM 260 for those who want superior build quality and greater passage height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the chip collection bag be emptied?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on usage. In jointer planing, the volume of chips produced is less than in thicknessing. In continuous professional use (4-6 hours\/day), the bag should be emptied every 1-2 hours in thicknessing mode on softwoods, less frequently on hardwoods with shallow passes. The bag is removable without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PT 260 – 230V have a cast iron or aluminum table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tables are made of rectified aluminum, not cast iron like the AD and ADM versions. Rectified aluminum offers high-quality flatness and smooth sliding of pieces, with a structural weight lower than cast iron, contributing to the machine's total 75 kg. For intensive professional use, the cast iron tables of the AD\/ADM versions offer greater vibrational stability; for hobby and artisan use, the aluminum tables of the PT 260 are adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm. At 75 kg, it can be moved by one person on a flat floor without equipment. For moving pieces, a free space of at least 1.5 m in front of and behind the machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692583784776,"sku":"08-1022","price":1122.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PT_260_Pialla_filo_spessore_230_V_compatta_e_versatile.jpg?v=1756821663"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-260-400v","title":"Planer thicknesser Bernardo PT 260 – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 260 mm, a jointer table of 1,050 mm, a Ø 55 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 150 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, a 1.6 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an integrated dust collector with a bag included. Weight 75 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 55 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 kW S1 \/ 2.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust collector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 260 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 – 400V is a combined benchtop planer with an integrated dust collector: at 75 kg, it is the lightest in the 260 mm three-phase PT range, designed for those who do not have a fixed dust extraction system in their workshop and want a self-contained and portable machine. The integrated dust collector with bag is the main differentiator from other PT models: it eliminates the need for a separate dust collector, reducing the overall installation cost. The 6,700 rpm cutter block, the fastest in the PT range at this width, produces a high cutting frequency that translates into a superior surface finish compared to slower cutter blocks on machines of similar weight. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by itinerant craftsmen and small hobby workshops who move between job sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 260 – 400V has a limited thicknessing height of 150 mm: the main limitation compared to the ADH 250 P (185 mm) and AD 260 (185 mm). For those who work exclusively with battens, mouldings, and thin boards, this is not a problem; for those who also work with pieces between 150 and 185 mm high, the PT 260 is not sufficient. The 230V version (PT 260 – 230V) has identical specifications and the same dust collector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The integrated dust collector is a practical advantage in home workshops without a fixed system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry shop \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor working on pieces up to 150 mm high and 260 mm wide. The integrated dust collector reduces installation costs. For taller pieces, consider ADH 250 P or AD 260.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.6 kW motor and the 150 mm thicknessing limit are not suitable for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a thicknessing height greater than 150 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day; workshops looking for a main production machine (the PT 260 is sized for complementary use or intensive hobby use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW (2.1 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with chip collection bag, Ø 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust collector with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum fence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the integrated dust collector sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated dust collector with bag is adequate for hobby and intermittent craft use. For continuous production exceeding 4 hours\/day or for fine dust (MDF, resinous woods), an external industrial dust collector of 1,200-1,500 m³\/h offers better extraction. The nozzle is Ø 80 mm: if connecting an external dust collector, a Ø 80-100 mm adapter is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the limitation of the 150 mm thicknessing height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum thicknessing height is 150 mm. For working on standard battens, mouldings, boards, and panels, this measurement is sufficient. Pieces exceeding 150 mm in height, such as beams, structural pieces, and solid blocks, cannot be thicknessed on this machine. For heights up to 185 mm, consider the ADH 250 P – 400V; for heights up to 225 mm, the AD 310 – 400V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the PT 260 – 400V the same as the PT 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical specifications (width, cutter block, table, feed, dust collector, weight) are identical. The only difference is the power supply: 400V three-phase vs 230V single-phase. With three-phase available, the 400V version offers more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the only practical option is the 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm in intermittent professional use (2-4 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,050 × 650 × 1,050 mm, making it one of the most compact combined planers in the Bernardo catalog. At 75 kg, it can be moved by one person on a flat floor. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692584341832,"sku":"08-1023","price":1415.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_260_con_aspiratore_integrato.jpg?v=1760689066"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-310s-spirale-400v","title":"Bernardo PT 310 S Jointer and Thicknesser - 400V with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 S – 400V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 310 mm, a 1,300 mm jointer table, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 30 TCT inserts at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 180 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.2 kW three-phase 400V motor. Noise reduction up to 50%, and cutting edge life up to 20 times longer than HSS knives. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 30 TCT inserts – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 180 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 310 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 310 S is the version with a TCT spiral cutterblock of the PT 310: same compact structure (180 kg), same workshop format, but with TCT technology that almost completely eliminates cutter maintenance. For those who want 310 mm width in a light format and want to add the advantage of TCT without moving to heavier machines like the AD 310 S (295 kg). The 8 m\/min feed rate, higher than the AD 310 S (6 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing softwoods. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by carpenters who value the combination of lightness + minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 310 S vs AD 310 S: the choice between lightness and mass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (310 mm), same TCT cutterblock, but different structure. The PT 310 S weighs 180 kg and has a 1,300 mm jointer table; the AD 310 S weighs 295 kg with a 1,610 mm table. The mass of the AD 310 S provides more stability on large and heavy pieces; the PT 310 S is more manageable and takes up less space. The thicknessing height is identical (180 mm for the PT 310 S vs 225 mm for the AD 310 S); those who work pieces up to 225 mm high must choose the AD 310 S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 310 S – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-phase 400V required. TCT is also appreciated in hobby use for minimal maintenance. For pure hobby use, consider single-phase versions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm with TCT in a 180 kg format: the optimal combination for workshops with limited space that want to eliminate sharpening from their routine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on large pieces, consider the AD 310 S (295 kg, more stable) or the ADM 300 with helical roller. The PT 310 S is suitable for shifts up to 6 hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with thicknessing height over 180 mm (consider AD 310 S with 225 mm); workshops without three-phase 400V; production of very heavy pieces requiring the structural mass of the AD 310 S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 pcs reversible (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 130 mm – prismatic guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, planer cutterblock guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 310 S and PT 310 (HSS)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 310 S features a spiral cutterblock with 30 TCT inserts instead of the 3 HSS knives of the standard PT 310. Structure, weight (180 kg), dimensions, and motor (2.2 kW) are identical. TCT offers: approx. 50% noise reduction, 10-20 times longer cutting edge life, maintenance by rotating the insert without disassembly. The cost of the PT 310 S is higher but is recovered in saved maintenance in 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PT 310 S have the same thicknessing height as the AD 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The PT 310 S has a maximum thicknessing height of 180 mm; the AD 310 S reaches 225 mm. If you work pieces with a height between 180 and 225 mm, the AD 310 S is necessary. For pieces up to 180 mm, the PT 310 S is sufficient and weighs 115 kg less (180 vs 295 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is maintenance of TCT inserts performed on the PT 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach TCT insert has 4 cutting edges. When the surface quality decreases, rotate the insert by 90° with a hex key (2 minutes, no cutterblock disassembly). Complete replacement only occurs when all 4 cutting edges are worn. With 30 inserts, you work on 1-3 at a time, progressively, without ever stopping production for a complete replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 8 m\/min feed rate too fast for hardwoods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardwoods (oak, ash) with an 8 m\/min feed rate, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1-1.5 mm to avoid motor overload and fiber tear-out. For softwoods (pine, fir), the full 8 m\/min feed rate with 2-3 mm passes is feasible without problems. TCT handles speed variations better than HSS knives on woods with difficult grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,300 × 900 × 1,180 mm. For handling pieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. At 180 kg, it can be moved with a hand pallet truck on a flat floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692584997192,"sku":"08-1039","price":1954.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_310_S_con_albero_a_spirale_e_inserti_TCT.png?v=1760687034"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-230v","title":"Bernardo AD 260 Planer Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a surface planer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 173 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing passage height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AD 260 – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 – 230V is the single-phase version of the AD 260: same construction specifications (250 mm width, cast iron tables, HSS cutter block) in a 230V configuration for workshops without a three-phase system. At 173 kg and single-phase, it is the most accessible 250 mm cast iron combination planer in the Bernardo catalog for installation in non-industrial premises. Compared to the ADM 260 – 230V (160 kg, superior construction), the AD 260 – 230V has a more essential structure at a lower cost. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the first professional combination planer for carpenters starting their business in workshops without three-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAD 260 – 230V vs ADM 260 – 230V: which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same power supply (230V), same weight (173 vs 160 kg). The ADM 260 – 230V adds tables with sound-absorbing lips, a prismatic fence, and a motor brake: superior construction features for intensive use. The AD 260 – 230V has a more essential construction at a lower cost: suitable for standard professional, non-intensive use. The choice depends on the budget and the expected intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo AD 260 – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, cast iron tables, 250 mm: adequate for intensive hobby use. For lighter use, the PT 260 – 230V (75 kg, integrated dust extractor) is more practical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without three-phase power looking for a cost-effective 250 mm cast iron combination planer. Suitable for shifts up to 5-6 hours on medium woods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 260 – 400V three-phase or ADM 260.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase power available (prefer AD 260 – 400V); pieces over 250 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 5 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade guard, switch with undervoltage release, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 230V and AD 260 – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical specifications (250 mm width, same HSS cutter block, same dimensions, same weight). The only difference is in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque. Without three-phase, the 230V is the only practical option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between AD 260 – 230V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM 260 – 230V has tables with sound-absorbing lips, a prismatic fence, and an integrated motor brake, which are superior construction features. The AD 260 – 230V has a more essential construction at a lower cost. Same weight (173 vs 160 kg). For standard professional use, the AD 260 – 230V is adequate; for intensive use or in environments where noise is critical, the ADM 260 – 230V is superior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect any dust extractor to the AD 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm, standard for professional woodworking dust extractors. Switching from surface planing to thicknessing is facilitated by the simultaneous tilting of the tables and the integrated dust hood that remains connected in both modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is required. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692594958664,"sku":"08-1051","price":1610.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_260_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760521288"},{"product_id":"bernardo-adh-250p-230v","title":"Bernardo ADH 250 P Planer and Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a Ø 75 mm shaft with 3 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 148 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADH 250 P – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V is the single-phase version of the ADH 250 P: same compact structure (148 kg), same HSS shaft, same format, in 230V configuration for installation without three-phase power. Compared to the AD 260 – 230V (173 kg, 2.0 kW), the ADH 250 P – 230V is 25 kg lighter and has a smaller motor (1.5 kW): suitable for intermittent use and workshops with limited needs, with the advantage of greater compactness. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the first professional combined planer for those starting a single-phase business with a limited budget and space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADH 250 P – 230V vs AD 260 – 230V: when to choose the lighter one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same power supply (230V). The ADH 250 P – 230V weighs 148 kg (vs 173 kg) and has a 1.5 kW motor (vs 2.0 kW): more maneuverable, less powerful. The AD 260 – 230V with 2.0 kW better handles prolonged cycles on hardwoods. The choice depends on the intensity of use: for intermittent use (2-4 hours\/day) the ADH 250 P is sufficient; for more intensive daily professional use, the AD 260 – 230V is more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo ADH 250 P – 230V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, 148 kg, 250 mm: suitable for intensive hobby use. The grooved infeed roller improves feed quality compared to entry-level planers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without three-phase power with moderate planing needs (2-4 hours\/day). For more intensive use, consider the AD 260 – 230V with a 2.0 kW motor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW single-phase motor is not suitable for industrial cycles. Consider the three-phase AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase power available (consider ADH 250 P – 400V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 3-4 hours\/day; pieces over 250 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrooved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 feed handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the grooved roller and the rubberized roller?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grooved (toothed) infeed roller offers a more secure grip on the workpiece during feeding, reducing slippage on resinous wood or uneven surfaces. The rubberized outfeed roller prevents marking on the already planed surface, which would otherwise be scratched by a metal roller. The combination of the two rollers improves the quality of the result compared to machines with both smooth steel rollers, a constructive feature of the ADH not present on all entry-level planers in the Bernardo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADH 250 P – 230V and ADH 250 P – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. If three-phase is available, the 400V version is preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 1.5 kW motor handle hardwoods like oak?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith limitations. For oak or ash, it is recommended to reduce the depth of cut to 0.5-1 mm and take breaks every 30-45 minutes to prevent the motor from overheating. For intensive work on hardwoods for more than 3-4 hours\/day, consider the AD 260 – 230V with a 2.0 kW motor, which is better sized for this use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,010 mm. At 148 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck. For workpiece handling, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you switch from jointer to thicknesser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tables flip up via a hinge, exposing the thicknesser table. The 2 included handles facilitate manual flipping. The operation takes approximately 30-60 seconds without tools. The Ø 100 mm dust extraction hood remains connected in both working modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692599742792,"sku":"08-1018A","price":1329.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_ADH_250_P_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760515078"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-adm-260-400-v","title":"Bernardo ADM 260 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 3,750 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 190 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight approx. 160 kg. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 3,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the ADM 260 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V is the three-phase version of the ADM 260 family: same construction with cast iron tables, prismatic guide, and thicknessing height up to 190 mm, in a 400V three-phase configuration. The 8 m\/min feed rate, higher than the AD 260 – 400V (4.8 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing soft and medium woods. With available three-phase, it is preferable to the 230V version for its more uniform motor torque. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the entry-professional combined planer for joinery shops with a three-phase system seeking a 250 mm width with generous thicknessing height (190 mm) at a low cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eADM 260 – 400V vs AD 260 – 400V: what changes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (250 mm), same motor (2.0 kW), same weight (160 vs 173 kg). The ADM 260 has a higher thicknessing height (190 vs 185 mm), faster feed rate (8 vs 4.8 m\/min), and ADM construction with a prismatic guide. The AD 260 – 400V has a longer jointer table (1,090 vs 1,080 mm). For standard professional use, the ADM 260 – 400V is the better choice for its faster feed rate and greater thicknessing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo ADM 260 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The 160 kg is manageable with a pallet truck.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm with 190 mm thicknessing height and 8 m\/min feed rate: suitable for professional shifts on soft and medium woods. Three-phase is standard in Italian joineries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive cycles on hardwoods, consider the ADM 300 – 400V with a 3.0 kW motor. The ADM 260 is dimensioned for shifts up to 6 hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V (choose ADM 260 – 230V); pieces wider than 250 mm; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 6 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer (Jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 145 mm – prismatic guide, inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ADM 260 – 400V and ADM 260 – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications: same width (250 mm), same HSS cutter block, same weight (160 kg), same thicknessing height (190 mm), same feed rate (8 m\/min). The difference is exclusively in the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. With available three-phase, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque under load; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the 8 m\/min feed rate superior to the AD 260 (4.8 m\/min)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ADM and AD families have different construction philosophies. The AD family is oriented towards structural stability with a slower but uniform feed rate; the ADM family has a faster feed rate optimized for productivity on soft and medium woods. For hardwoods with the ADM 260, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to compensate for the higher speed and maintain surface quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a maximum depth of cut of 1.8 mm sufficient for thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for the vast majority of finishing operations. Finishing passes typically occur at 0.5-1.5 mm, well within the limit. For aggressive roughing, the jointer mode (max 5 mm depth of cut) is more appropriate: roughing is done with the jointer and finishing with the thicknesser, the standard sequence in professional joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,100 × 750 × 1,110 mm. For workpiece handling, at least 1.8 m of free space is needed in front and behind. With 160 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692603707720,"sku":"08-1035","price":1281.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_ADM_260_Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_400_V.jpg?v=1757330237"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310p-400v","title":"Bernardo FS 310 P Jointer and Thicknesser - 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V jointer-planer offers a planing width of 310 mm, a 1,400 mm jointer table, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an included 0.1 mm digital display. Weight approx. 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 mm scale included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 P and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V is the 310 mm combined planer from the FS family with HSS knives: it differs from the AD 310 in three specific features. The 240 mm thicknessing height is the highest in its 310 mm category with HSS knives, 15 mm above the AD 310 (225 mm) and 60 mm above the PT 310 (180 mm). The 0.1 mm digital display is included as standard, not as an option. The cutter block speed of 4,500 rpm (vs 4,300 for the AD 310) theoretically produces a better surface finish. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by cabinetmakers and window\/door manufacturers who work with pieces up to 240 mm high and need to reproduce precise thicknesses using a display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 P vs AD 310: same width, different features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 P has a higher thicknessing height (240 vs 225 mm), a faster cutter block (4,500 vs 4,300 rpm), a digital display as standard, but weighs less (205 vs 295 kg) and has a shorter jointer table (1,400 vs 1,610 mm). The AD 310 weighs 90 kg more, offering greater stability for heavy workpieces, and has a longer table. The choice depends on: required thicknessing height (over 225 mm → FS 310 P), need for a digital display (→ FS 310 P), vs. heavy workpieces requiring structural mass (→ AD 310).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo FS 310 P – 400V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine (205 kg, three-phase, digital display). Dimensions and features oriented towards continuous professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm with 240 mm thicknessing height (maximum in HSS category), digital display for precise thicknesses, 205 kg more manageable than the AD 310 (295 kg).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor production of pieces up to 240 mm high with thickness reproduction via display. To eliminate cutting edge maintenance, consider the FS 310 PS with a spiral cutter block.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase power; pieces over 310 mm wide; those working with heavy pieces that require the structural mass of the AD 310 (295 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Surface Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm scale – included as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard, anti-restart lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.1 mm digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilting tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the digital display with a 0.1 mm scale really useful in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for those who produce series with repeated thicknesses. The display allows you to set a thickness, visually store it, and reproduce it in subsequent sessions without measuring the workpiece. For the production of frames, calibrated battens, or furniture components requiring tight tolerances (±0.2 mm), it significantly reduces setup times and the number of test passes. For those who always work with different pieces without repeated thicknesses, the display is useful but not essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 mm thicknessing height really the highest for 310 mm HSS machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, among the 310 mm combined planers with HSS knives in the Bernardo catalog, the FS 310 P and the FS 310 PS (version with spiral cutter block) share the record of 240 mm maximum thicknessing height. The AD 310 stops at 225 mm, the PT 310 at 180 mm. For pieces with a height between 225 and 240 mm, the FS 310 P is the only HSS 310 mm option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 P and FS 310 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 P features 3 HSS knives on the Ø 75 mm cutter block. The FS 310 PS features 30 TCT inserts on the same cutter block. Structure, dimensions, weight, and digital display are identical. TCT offers reduced noise (approx. 50%) and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The cost of the FS 310 PS is higher; the savings in maintenance recover it in 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-3 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit's warehouse with 3-5 business day shipping. The higher frequency compared to the AD 310 (4 knives vs 3) is compensated by the higher cutter block speed, which still produces good surface quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack on a flat floor, significantly easier to reposition than the AD 310 (295 kg). For workpiece handling, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692609016136,"sku":"08-1046","price":2147.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_P_con_display_digitale..jpg?v=1760685432"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-pt-200-ed-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 200 ED Bench Jointer\/Planer – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 205 mm, a jointer table of 740 mm, a Ø 50 mm cutter block with 2 HSS blades at 8,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 210 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight approx. 28 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm – 2 HSS blades – 8,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 28 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 200 ED and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V is the evolved version of the standard PT 200: same width (205 mm), same weight (28 kg), same cutter block at 8,500 rpm, but with a crucial advantage: a maximum thicknessing height of 210 mm, compared to 120 mm of the standard PT 200. This difference makes the PT 200 ED suitable for a much wider range of workpieces, including beams, structural pieces, and solid blocks up to 210 mm in height. The \"ED\" designation indicates precisely this extended depth capacity. At 28 kg, it remains the lightest and most portable combined planer\/thicknesser in the Bernardo catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 200 ED vs PT 200: the difference that matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the thicknessing height: 210 mm for the ED versus 120 mm for the standard version. Everything else - width, cutter block, motor, weight, dust extraction - is identical. For those who work with pieces up to 210 mm high, the PT 200 ED is necessary; for those who exclusively work with thin strips and boards (under 120 mm), the standard PT 200 is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 200 ED – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 kg, 230V, 210 mm thicknessing height: the most versatile portable combined planer\/thicknesser in the Bernardo catalog. Can be used on a bench, stored, and transported in a car.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for pieces up to 205 mm wide and 210 mm high. As a main machine for continuous production on hardwoods, it is undersized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.5 kW motor and benchtop structure are not sized for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces over 205 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 2-3 hours\/day; workshops seeking a main production machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 480 × 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 200 ED and standard PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only difference is the thicknessing height: 210 mm for the ED versus 120 mm for the standard. Width (205 mm), cutter block, motor, weight (28 kg) and dust extraction (Ø 60 mm) are identical. The PT 200 ED is necessary for pieces with heights between 120 and 210 mm; for lower pieces, the standard is sufficient at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow can the PT 200 ED have a thicknessing height of 210 mm with only 28 kg?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure of the PT 200 ED is designed vertically to allow for greater passage height without increasing weight. The height adjustment mechanism is extended compared to the standard version. This makes the PT 200 ED proportionally taller than the standard PT 200 (550 mm vs 480 mm machine height), but with the same weight of 28 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 1.5 kW motor handle pieces up to 210 mm high?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of the workpiece does not directly affect the load on the motor; the width and depth of cut do. A piece 210 mm high but 100 mm wide is lighter to plane than a panel 200 mm wide. The 1.5 kW motor is adequate for cuts of 0.5-1.5 mm on medium woods regardless of the workpiece height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of 550 mm, the PT 200 ED cannot be used on the floor. It must be placed on a stable workbench with a depth of at least 500 mm. At 28 kg, it can be moved alone without equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it compatible with standard dust collectors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 60 mm, smaller than the standard Ø 100 mm. Compatible with domestic and light industrial dust collectors with a 60 mm hose or with adapters. For professional use, a Ø 60-100 mm adapter is needed to connect standard industrial dust collectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692613472584,"sku":"08-1006","price":610.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/PT_200_ED_con_aspirazione_compatta_e_ideale_per_lavorazioni_mobili.jpg?v=1751468616"},{"product_id":"pialle-bernardo-pt-250","title":"Bernardo PT 250 Bench Planer\/Thicknesser – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 – 230V benchtop planer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 255 mm, a jointer table of 925 mm, a shaft with 2 HSS blades, a maximum thicknessing height of 120 mm, a feed rate of 7 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Compact weight with a portable design. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 255 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 925 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaner shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 250 – 230V is a 255 mm combined benchtop planer: wider than the PT 200 (205 mm) and the PT 200 ED (205 mm), with rectified aluminium tables and a portable design. With a width of 255 mm, it covers the vast majority of workpieces in hobby and light artisanal woodworking. The 120 mm thicknessing height is the main limit: sufficient for battens, frames, and standard boards, but not for structural pieces. The combined dust hood allows for quick switching between jointing and thicknessing modes without disconnecting the extractor. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is the primary combined benchtop planer for those who want more width than the PT 200 in a still portable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 250 – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm width in a portable format with 230V: suitable for most hobby projects. Rectified aluminium tables for good precision.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 emp.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary machine for narrow pieces or on-site work. As a main machine for professional production, it is undersized for thicknessing height (120 mm) and power.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot sized for industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height over 120 mm; intensive production on hardwoods; workshops looking for a main professional production machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlaner (jointer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e925 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectified aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 × 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm integrated with combined hood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 × 460 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 HSS blades installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombined dust hood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 250 and PT 200?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 250 offers 50 mm more width (255 vs 205 mm) and a longer jointer table (925 vs 740 mm). The maximum thicknessing height is identical (120 mm). The motor is identical (1.5 kW). The PT 250 is the choice when more working width is needed; the PT 200 is more compact and less expensive. Both have a thicknessing height limited to 120 mm; for taller pieces, consider the PT 200 ED (210 mm) or the combined planers from the AD\/ADM range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre rectified aluminum tables as precise as cast iron ones?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hobby and light artisanal use, rectified aluminum offers adequate flatness and a smoother surface. For intensive professional use, the cast iron tables of the AD and ADM versions offer greater vibrational stability and durability. The choice of table material is one of the main construction differences between the PT benchtop planers and the professional AD\/ADM planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the combined dust hood work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combined hood allows switching from jointing mode to thicknessing mode while keeping the extractor connected; there's no need to disconnect and reconnect the hose. It's a deflector that automatically redirects the suction flow based on the active mode. Practical for workshops where mode changes occur frequently throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of 990 mm, the PT 250 is designed to be used as a freestanding machine on the floor; it does not require an additional workbench like smaller benchtop versions (PT 200). The footprint of 970 × 460 mm is compact and easily fits even in workshops with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 970 × 460 × 990 mm. For handling workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.5 m in front and behind is needed. The portable design allows for movement without special equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692615176520,"sku":"08-1007","price":561.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_250_con_tavoli_in_alluminio.jpg?v=1760513125"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-305d-400v","title":"Bernardo PT 305 D Planer Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a 1,080 mm jointer table, a Ø 62 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 160 mm, a feed rate of 8.5 m\/min, a 1.8 kW three-phase 400V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with a bag. Weight 94 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 – 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 62 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kW S1 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 94 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 305 D – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V is the 305 mm three-phase benchtop combination planer with integrated dust extractor: at 94 kg, it offers a 305 mm width in a significantly lighter format than professional cast iron planers of the same width (AD 310: 295 kg). The 8.5 m\/min feed rate is among the fastest in the PT range. The \"D\" indicates the presence of an integrated dust extractor with a trolley included, the main differentiator from the standard PT 305. The thicknessing height of 160 mm is the main limitation: sufficient for most work on boards and panels, but not for tall beams. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by artisans who work with pieces up to 305 mm in three-phase without wanting to invest in a fixed dust extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 305 D vs PT 305 (standard): the difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe D version adds an integrated dust extractor with a chip collection bag and a trolley for movement. Everything else—width, cutter block, motor, weight—is identical. The D is preferable for workshops without a fixed dust extraction system; the standard is for those who already have a dust extractor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 305 D – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires three-phase 400V. For hobby use without three-phase, prefer the 230V version. The integrated dust extractor is a practical advantage in workshops without a fixed system.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 emp.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm with integrated dust extractor and trolley at 94 kg: the combination for those working with wide pieces without wanting to install fixed systems. For pieces taller than 160 mm, consider AD 310.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.8 kW motor and the 160 mm thicknessing limit are not suitable for continuous industrial production. Consider the AD or ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with a height exceeding 160 mm; workshops without three-phase 400V (choose PT 305 D – 230V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 62 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser (thickness planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with bag, Ø 100\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolley for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 305 D – 400V and PT 305 D – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 160 mm thicknessing height significantly limit operations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the pieces being worked. For battens, frames, boards, and panels up to 160 mm in height, the PT 305 D is sufficient and covers the vast majority of artisanal woodworking projects. For beams and structural pieces over 160 mm, it is necessary to consider the AD 310 (225 mm) or the FS 310 P (240 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the PT 305 D – 400V include the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The D version includes the trolley for internal movement, which is one of the differentiators from the standard PT 305. At 94 kg, the trolley allows the machine to be moved around the workshop without additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 94 kg, it can be moved with the included trolley on a level floor. For moving pieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. Contact Krollit for complete machine dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692617470280,"sku":"08-1025","price":1451.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_305_D_con_aspiratore_integrato..jpg?v=1760545403"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-310p-230v","title":"Bernardo FS 310 P Jointer and Planer - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V planer\/thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a surface planing table of 1,400 mm, a Ø 75 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an included digital display with 0.1 mm scale. Weight approx. 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface planer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planing table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 75 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 mm scale – included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 P – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. With a 3.0 kW single-phase motor, it is the most powerful combined planer\/thicknesser in a single-phase 310 mm configuration available in the Bernardo catalog. For workshops without a three-phase system that work with pieces up to 310 mm wide and 240 mm high with the need for a digital display, it is the only option at this width. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by woodworking shops in non-industrial premises, where three-phase power is not available, that work with doors, panels, and beams with precise thickness requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 P – 230V vs FS 310 P – 400V: when to choose single-phase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame operating specifications: 310 mm width, 240 mm thicknessing height, 4,500 rpm cutter block, digital display, identical dimensions and weight. The only difference is the power supply. Where three-phase is available, the 400V version is always preferable for more uniform motor torque. The 230V is only necessary for those who do not have three-phase and do not intend to install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo FS 310 P – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 205 kg with a 3.0 kW motor. Dimensions and features oriented towards professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe most complete combined planer\/thicknesser at 310 mm available in single-phase: 240 mm thicknessing height, digital display, 205 kg. For workshops without three-phase that do not want to compromise on width.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 3.0 kW single-phase motor is suitable for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods. For more intensive production with three-phase available, prefer the 400V version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase available (prefer FS 310 P – 400V); pieces over 310 mm wide; intensive production on hard woods over 7 hours\/day in single-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm scale – included as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display with 0.1 mm scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiltable tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 P – 230V and FS 310 P – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo operational difference: same width, same cutter block, same weight, same digital display, same dimensions. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. Where three-phase is available, the 400V version is always preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only option at this performance level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan a 3.0 kW single-phase motor handle professional use at 310 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods (cherry, walnut, pine). For hard woods (oak, ash), it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to 1.5-2 mm to avoid overloading the motor. Peak absorption during start-up requires a dedicated line with a miniature circuit breaker of at least 20A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 mm thicknessing height the highest available at 310 mm in single-phase?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Among the 310 mm combined planer\/thicknessers in the single-phase 230V Bernardo catalog, the FS 310 P – 230V and the FS 310 PS – 230V (version with spiral cutter block) share the record of 240 mm maximum thicknessing height, superior to the AD 310 (225 mm) and the PT 310 (180 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. For moving pieces, clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-3 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692618879304,"sku":"08-1045","price":2191.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_P_con_display_digitale.jpg?v=1760534343"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-305d-230v","title":"Bernardo PT 305 D Planer and Thicknesser - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 305 mm, a jointer table of 1,080 mm, a Ø 62 mm cutter block with 2 HSS knives at 6,700 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 160 mm, a feed rate of 8.5 m\/min, a 1.8 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an integrated dust extractor with bag. Weight 94 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,080 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 – 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 62 mm – 2 HSS knives – 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kW S1 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtractor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 94 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 305 D – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V is the single-phase version of the PT 305 D – 400V: same operational specifications (305 mm width, integrated extractor, trolley, 94 kg) in a 230V configuration for workshops without three-phase power. With a 305 mm width, integrated extractor, trolley, and single-phase 230V, it is the most complete and self-contained combined planer available without requiring a three-phase system in this benchtop width range. The 8.5 m\/min feed rate is the fastest in the 305 mm PT range. In Krollit customer workshops, it is the complementary planer for itinerant artisans or small woodworking shops in non-industrial premises that work pieces up to 305 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 305 D – 230V vs PT 305 D – 400V\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical construction specifications: 305 mm width, 6,700 rpm cutter block, integrated extractor, trolley, 94 kg weight. The only difference is the power supply. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only option at this level of completeness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 305 D – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm with integrated extractor and trolley, 94 kg, single-phase: practical and self-contained. The 160 mm thicknessing height covers most hobby projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe most complete combined planer at 305 mm in single-phase: width, integrated extractor, trolley. For workshops without three-phase power that work pieces up to 160 mm high.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 1.8 kW single-phase motor is not suitable for continuous industrial production on hardwoods. Consider the three-phase FS or AD range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces with height greater than 160 mm; those with three-phase available (prefer PT 305 D – 400V); intensive production on hardwoods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround aluminum with noise-reducing slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 62 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45° with prismatic guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax chip removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 hp)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated with bag, Ø 100\/75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust extractor with chip collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolley for movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence with prismatic guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 305 D – 230V and PT 305 D – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo structural difference: same width, same cutter block, same integrated extractor, same trolley, same weight (94 kg). The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 8.5 m\/min feed rate the fastest in the 305 mm PT range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Among Bernardo combined planers at 305 mm, the PT 305 D has the fastest thicknesser feed rate (8.5 m\/min) compared to the standard PT 305 (7 m\/min). The higher speed increases productivity on softwoods for roughing; on hardwoods, it is advisable to reduce the depth of cut to compensate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the included trolley support the machine's 94 kg weight?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The trolley integrated into the PT 305 D is specifically designed for this machine and sized for its 94 kg weight. It allows movement on a flat floor without additional equipment. It is not suitable for uneven surfaces or ramps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 2 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day), sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks for softwoods, every 1-2 weeks for hardwoods. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 94 kg and the included trolley, the machine can be easily moved in the workshop. For handling workpieces, at least 2 m of clear space is needed in front and behind. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692622123336,"sku":"08-1024","price":1451.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_305_D_con_aspiratore_integrato.jpg?v=1760517030"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-410-400v","title":"Bernardo PT 410 Planer and Thicknesser – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 410 – 400V jointer and thicknesser offers a planing width of 410 mm, a jointer table of 1,600 mm, a Ø 95 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 220 mm, a feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor with integrated motor brake. Weight 340 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknesser feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor brake:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 410 – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 410 – 400V is the 410 mm combination planer with HSS knives from the PT family: the same width as the AD 410 and AD 410 S, with cast iron tables and an integrated motor brake. The 8 m\/min feed rate, superior to the AD 410 (6 m\/min), makes it more productive for roughing softwoods. The integrated motor brake stops the cutter block quickly after shutdown, increasing operational safety in workshops with multiple operators. At 340 kg, it is the heaviest cast iron planer in the PT range, its mass providing stability for large and heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by window and door manufacturers and cabinet makers who process wide doors and panels in a professional cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePT 410 vs AD 410: same format, different approach\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame width (410 mm), same weight (340 kg), same cast iron tables. The PT 410 has a faster feed rate (8 vs 6 m\/min), an integrated motor brake, and a slightly shorter jointer table (1,600 vs 1,685 mm). The AD 410 has 4 identical HSS knives but a longer table and a slightly different structure. For production of large workpieces, the longer table of the AD 410 is advantageous; for those who value rapid feed and the motor brake, the PT 410 is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PT 410 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy professional machine (340 kg, three-phase). Oversized dimensions and cost for occasional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm with 8 m\/min feed, motor brake and cast iron tables: the combination for those working wide pieces professionally with attention to operational safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo eliminate cutting edge maintenance, consider the PT 410 S with a TCT spiral cutter block. The PT 410 with HSS knives is suitable for shifts of up to 6-7 hours on medium hardwoods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase; workpieces with width less than 310 mm (oversized machine); environments with access less than 1.3 m wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45° with prismatic guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated motor brake, ON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, cutter block guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety push stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PT 410 and PT 410 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 410 has 4 HSS knives on the Ø 95 mm cutter block. The PT 410 S has 72 TCT inserts on the same cutter block. Structure, dimensions and weight are identical. TCT offers reduced noise by approx. 50% and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The cost of the PT 410 S is higher; the savings in maintenance recuperate it in 12-18 months of professional full-shift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow quickly does the integrated motor brake stop the cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor brake stops the cutter block in a few seconds after shutdown, instead of the 30-60 seconds of natural deceleration. It is an important safety feature in workshops with multiple operators or where the operator needs to move away from the machine quickly. It significantly reduces the risk of accidental contact with the rotating cutter block after shutdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS knives be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium hardwoods, the 4 HSS knives require sharpening every 2-3 weeks. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from Krollit stock with shipping in 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the PT 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm. For a working width of 410 mm, a dust extractor with a minimum air flow of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V) is the recommended solution for continuous professional use at this width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a working width of 410 mm, clear space of at least 2.5-3 m in front of and behind the machine is needed. At 340 kg, delivery requires equipped platform: check access (minimum door width 1.3 m, 1.4 m height with machine on pallet truck).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692626645320,"sku":"08-1061","price":3283.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_PT_410_con_tavoli_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1760543631"},{"product_id":"bernardo-sp-150pn-400v","title":"Bernardo SP 150 PN Jointer - 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 150 PN – 400V jointer offers a planing width of 150 mm, a total table length of 1,230 mm (infeed 590 mm + outfeed 585 mm), a Ø 60 mm cutterblock with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 8 mm, and a 1.1 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight: 115 kg. This machine is a jointer only; it does not have a thicknessing function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jointer only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal table length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,230 mm (590 infeed + 585 outfeed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 60 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW S1 \/ 1.5 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SP 150 PN – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 150 PN – 400V is the version with HSS knives (not TCT) of the three-phase SP 150: same width (150 mm), same table (1,230 mm), same motor, but with 3 HSS knives instead of the 28 TCT inserts of the SP 150 PS. \"PN\" indicates the version with normal knives (Plain Normal). Compared to the SP 150 PS, the PN has one more knife (3 vs 2 in the HSS variant of the PS, note: the PS has 28 TCT inserts) and the same Ø 60 mm cutterblock. The choice between PN and PS depends on the preference for cutting edge technology: HSS with periodic sharpening (PN) vs TCT with insert rotation (PS). The PN has a lower purchase cost; the PS has lower long-term maintenance costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSP 150 PN vs SP 150 PS: which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP 150 PN is equipped with 3 HSS knives on a Ø 60 mm cutterblock, the same diameter and speed (4,500 rpm) as the SP 150 PS. The PS is equipped with 28 TCT inserts. The PN requires periodic knife sharpening; the PS only requires rotation of the inserts when worn. For those who do not want to change technology and already have experience with HSS sharpening, the PN is the natural choice. For those who want to eliminate sharpening from their routine, the PS is superior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SP 150 PN – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated jointer with three-phase power: not suitable for standard hobby use. For hobbies, consider combined jointer-planer machines in single-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLuthier \/ restorer with three-phase power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm with HSS knives and 1,230 mm table: suitable for narrow pieces. For those who want minimal maintenance, consider the SP 150 PS with TCT.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery with separate thicknesser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated jointer to complement an existing thicknesser. The PN has a lower cost than the PS; the PS has lower long-term maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without 400V three-phase power (choose SP 150 PN – 230V); pieces over 150 mm wide; those who also need a thicknessing function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 100 mm, inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW (1.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230 × 530 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 HSS knives mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 150 PN and SP 150 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP 150 PN is equipped with 3 HSS knives on a Ø 60 mm cutterblock, which require periodic sharpening. The SP 150 PS is equipped with 28 TCT inserts on the same cutterblock, which are rotated when worn, without disassembly. Same cutterblock, same speed (4,500 rpm), same table (1,230 mm), same motor, same weight. The PN has a lower purchase cost; the PS has lower long-term maintenance. The choice depends on technological preference and intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SP 150 PN have a thicknessing function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SP 150 PN is exclusively a jointer. For a combined jointer-planer function, consider the PT family planers (PT 260, PT 310) or the AD\/ADM Bernardo family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) on medium woods, sharpening is necessary every 2-4 weeks. Original Bernardo replacement knives are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For those who want to reduce the frequency of sharpening, consider the SP 150 PS with TCT inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,230 × 530 × 1,180 mm. With 115 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck. The width of 530 mm allows for placement even in narrow workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 150 PN – 400V and SP 150 PN – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical constructive specifications. The difference is only in the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. If three-phase is available, the 400V version is preferable; if not, the 230V is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692629954888,"sku":"08-10131","price":991.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_Bernardo_SP_150_PN_con_tavoli_in_ghisa_rettificata..jpg?v=1760545108"},{"product_id":"bernardo-dh-310-s","title":"Bernardo DH 310 S Thicknesser – 400V with spiral cutter block","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 310 S – 400V thicknesser offers a working width of 310 mm, working height of 5–230 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 95 mm with 52 TCT inserts at 4,050 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 5 mm, automatic feed of 6 m\/min, digital height indicator included, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight approx. 180 kg. This machine is a thicknesser only; it does not have a jointer function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness planing only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 95 mm – 52 TCT inserts – 4,050 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital height indicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 180 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DH 310 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 310 S is a dedicated thicknesser (not a combination machine): the choice when you already have a separate jointer and are looking for a machine optimized exclusively for thickness reduction. Compared to combination jointer-thicknessers, dedicated thicknessers have more robust feeding mechanisms, tables with integrated extensions and rollers, and structures optimized for continuous thicknessing cycles. The DH 310 S adds the TCT spiral cutterblock with 52 inserts, the same as the AD 310 S, with up to 50% noise reduction and maintenance by rotating the inserts. The digital height indicator is included as standard. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by joineries that already have a jointer and are looking for a thicknesser of higher quality than versions with HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDedicated vs. combination thicknesser: when to choose the DH 310 S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dedicated thicknesser optimizes this function exclusively: longer table (930 mm with extensions and rollers) for long workpieces, more robust feeding mechanism for continuous cycles, structure sized for a single function. It makes sense when you already have a separate jointer and process a high volume of thicknessing that requires a dedicated machine. For those who do not yet have a jointer, a combination jointer-thicknesser like the AD 310 S is more versatile as a first investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DH 310 S – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional dedicated thicknesser (180 kg, three-phase). For hobby use, consider more versatile combination jointer-thicknessers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery with separate jointer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm with TCT cutterblock, digital indicator, and table with extensions and rollers: the dedicated thicknesser for those who already have a jointer and want to optimize the thicknessing phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive thicknessing cycles, the dedicated machine offers a more robust feed and minimal TCT maintenance compared to combination machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a separate jointer (consider a combination jointer-thicknesser); workshops without 400V three-phase power; workpieces wider than 310 mm; those who also need a jointer function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable with extensions and rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 reversible pcs (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,050 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital height indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 600 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DH 310 S also have a jointer function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Bernardo DH 310 S is exclusively a thicknesser; it does not have an alignment table or fence, so it cannot be used for jointing. For the combined jointer+thicknesser function, the AD 310 S (same width, same TCT cutterblock with 52 inserts) is the alternative with both functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DH 310 S and AD 310 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DH 310 S is a thicknesser only; the AD 310 S is a combination jointer-thicknesser. Both use the same Ø 95 mm cutterblock with 52 TCT inserts. The DH 310 S has a longer thicknessing table with integrated extensions and rollers (930 mm total) optimized for continuous thicknessing cycles. The AD 310 S has the alignment table for the jointer function in addition. For those who already have a separate jointer, the DH 310 S is the optimized choice for the thicknessing phase; for those who do not have a jointer, the AD 310 S is more versatile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of the integrated rollers on the table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rollers integrated into the table extensions facilitate the movement of long workpieces during feeding and exiting, reducing operator effort and the risk of the workpiece jamming or tilting during passage. In dedicated thicknessers, rollers are standard because the machine works exclusively with workpieces in automatic feed, often long and heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often are the 52 TCT inserts rotated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, one rotation is necessary every 6-10 weeks per insert. With 52 inserts, rotation is progressive: they do not all stop at once. Replacement TCT inserts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,110 × 600 × 1,020 mm. For feeding and exiting workpieces, a clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is needed. With 180 kg Bernardo shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692636410184,"sku":"08-1096","price":2537.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DH_310_S_Pialla_a_spessore_310_mm_con_albero_a_spirale_400_V.jpg?v=1757531013"},{"product_id":"bernardo-dh-410-s","title":"Thicknesser Bernardo DH 410 S – 400V with spiral cutter block","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 410 S – 400V thicknesser offers a working width of 410 mm, working height of 5–230 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 95 mm with 72 TCT inserts at 4,050 rpm, a maximum depth of cut of 5 mm, automatic feed of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Approx. weight 239 kg. This is a thicknesser only machine; it does not have a jointer function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thickness planing only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spiral Ø 95 mm – 72 TCT inserts – 4,050 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. depth of cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approx. 239 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DH 410 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 410 S is the dedicated 410 mm thicknesser with a TCT spiral cutterblock: the choice for joineries with a separate planer that work with doors, panels, and wide beams in continuous cycles and want to eliminate blade maintenance. The 72 TCT inserts on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock offer the same cutting quality as the AD 410 S but in a machine optimized exclusively for thicknessing, with a longer bed including extensions and integrated rollers compared to combination machines. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by carpenters and cabinet makers with high-volume thicknessing needs who have already separated the two functions into dedicated machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDH 410 S vs AD 410 S: dedicated thicknesser vs. combination machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth machines feature the Ø 95 mm cutterblock with 72 TCT inserts. The DH 410 S is optimized for thicknessing only: bed with extensions and integrated rollers for long workpieces, and a more compact structure (239 kg vs 340 kg for the AD 410 S). The AD 410 S additionally has a jointer function but weighs 100 kg more. For those who already have a separate planer, the DH 410 S is lighter and more optimized; for those who do not have a planer, the AD 410 S is more versatile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DH 410 S – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated professional thicknesser (239 kg, three-phase). For hobby use, consider combined jointer+thicknesser machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery with separate planer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm with 72 TCT inserts, bed with rollers and digital indicator: optimal for continuous thicknessing cycles on wide workpieces with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes at 410 mm, TCT almost completely eliminates downtime for blade maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a separate planer; workshops without three-phase 400V; workpieces wider than 410 mm; those who also need a jointer function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 reversible pcs (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,050 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 710 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 239 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DH 410 S also have a jointer function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The DH 410 S is exclusively a thicknesser. It does not have an outfeed table or fence for jointing. For a combined jointer+thicknesser function at 410 mm, the AD 410 S (same TCT cutterblock, same format) is the alternative with both functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DH 410 S (TCT) and DH 410 (HSS)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DH 410 S features 72 TCT inserts on the Ø 95 mm cutterblock; the DH 410 features 4 HSS knives on the same cutterblock. The structure, dimensions, and motor are identical. TCT offers approximately 50% reduced noise and 10-20 times longer blade life. The DH 410 S has a higher cost but recoups it in saved maintenance within 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often are the 72 TCT inserts rotated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, one rotation per insert is needed every 6-10 weeks. With 72 inserts, rotation is progressive and distributed over time, they never all stop at once. Replacement inserts are available from Krollit's warehouse with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,110 × 710 × 1,020 mm. For feeding and exiting workpieces up to 410 mm wide, a clear space of at least 2.5 m in front and behind is needed. With 239 kg Bernardo shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extractor is needed for the DH 410 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust extraction port is Ø 100 mm. For a 410 mm width, a dust extractor with a minimum airflow of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V) is the recommended solution for continuous professional use at this width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692639916360,"sku":"08-1108","price":3123.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DH_410_S_Pialla_a_spessore_410_mm_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1757530592"},{"product_id":"bernardo-dh-410-400v","title":"Bernardo DH 410 Thickness Planer – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 410 – 400V thicknesser offers a working width of 410 mm, working height of 5–230 mm, Ø 95 mm shaft with 4 HSS blades at 4,050 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 5 mm, automatic feed of 6 m\/min, and a 3.0 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight 239 kg. This is a thicknesser-only machine, it does not have a jointer function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness planing only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm – 4 HSS blades – 4,050 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 239 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DH 410 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DH 410 – 400V is a dedicated 410 mm thicknesser with HSS blades: the standard cutting edge version of the DH 410 S (which has a TCT spiral cutterhead). With a 410 mm width and thicknessing height up to 230 mm, it handles professional-sized doors, panels, and beams. The table with extensions (930 mm total) and integrated rollers facilitates feeding long workpieces. For those who already have a separate jointer and are looking for a 410 mm thicknesser at a lower cost than the TCT version. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by carpenters and cabinetmakers who work continuously on wide pieces and accept periodic maintenance of HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDH 410 (HSS) vs DH 410 S (TCT): which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame structure, same motor, same dimensions and weight (239 kg). The DH 410 uses 4 HSS blades, requiring sharpening every 1-4 weeks in professional use. The DH 410 S uses 72 TCT inserts, requiring rotation every 6-10 weeks per insert. The DH 410 has a lower purchase cost; the DH 410 S has lower maintenance costs over time. The choice depends on the volume and intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DH 410 – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional dedicated thicknesser (239 kg, three-phase). For hobby use, consider combined jointer-planer machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry workshop with separate jointer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm with 230 mm height, table with rollers: optimal for continuous thicknessing of wide workpieces. Lower purchase cost than the DH 410 S, with periodic HSS maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider the DH 410 S with TCT to reduce maintenance downtime. The DH 410 HSS is suitable for shifts up to 6-7 hours on medium woods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a separate jointer; workshops without 400V three-phase power; workpieces over 410 mm wide; those who also need a jointer function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable with extensions and rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,050 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 710 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e239 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 mounted HSS blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DH 410 have a jointer function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The DH 410 is exclusively a thicknesser. For a combined jointer-planer function at 410 mm, the AD 410, AD 410 S, or PT 410 S machines are the appropriate alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DH 410 and DH 410 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DH 410 uses 4 HSS blades; the DH 410 S uses 72 TCT inserts. Structure, motor, dimensions, and weight are identical (239 kg). TCT offers approx. 50% reduced noise and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The DH 410 has a lower purchase cost; the DH 410 S has lower maintenance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often do the 4 HSS blades need sharpening?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, sharpening is needed every 2-3 weeks. On hardwoods, every 1-2 weeks. Original Bernardo spare blades are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,110 × 710 × 1,020 mm. For feeding workpieces up to 410 mm wide, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front and behind. With 239 kg Bernardo shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust collector is needed for the DH 410?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust port connection is Ø 100 mm. For a 410 mm width, a dust collector with a minimum airflow of 800-1,000 m³\/h is recommended. The Bernardo DC 600 (400V) is the recommended solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692709253448,"sku":"08-1107","price":2623.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_DH_410_con_display_digitale_e_rulli_integrati.png?v=1760523010"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tp-630d-400v","title":"Industrial Thickness Planer Bernardo TP 630 D – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TP 630 D – 400V industrial thickness planer offers a working width of 630 mm, a working height of 4–300 mm, a Ø 120 mm shaft with 4 HSS knives at 5,000 rpm, variable feed speed of 5–18 m\/min, a 7.5 kW main motor, a 1.5 kW feed motor, and 2 dust extraction ports of Ø 150 mm. Weight 1,250 kg. This machine is for thickness planing only; it does not have a jointing function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness planing only (industrial)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 – 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 120 mm – 4 HSS knives – 5,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable feed speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 18 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust extraction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TP 630 D and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TP 630 D is an industrial thickness planer: with a 630 mm width, Ø 120 mm shaft, 7.5 kW motor, and a 1,250 kg structure, it is a completely different category of machine compared to the DH 310\/410. It is designed for continuous production on extra-wide boards and panels, industrial joinery, laminated panel manufacturers, and highly automated carpentry workshops. The variable feed speed from 5 to 18 m\/min allows for optimizing speed based on wood type and depth of cut. The 2 Ø 150 mm dust extraction ports indicate a volume of chips produced that requires a high-capacity centralized dust extraction system. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by manufacturers of structural timber elements and industrial joinery with dedicated production lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TP 630 D – 400V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,250 kg. Size, cost, and installation requirements are incompatible with hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry shop \/ craftsman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe TP 630 D is sized for high-volume industrial production. For artisan carpentry, consider the DH 310 S or DH 410 S.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production \/ joinery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm width, 300 mm height, 7.5 kW motor, variable feed speed: the thickness planer for production lines on extra-wide boards and panels in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any non-industrial context; workshops without a centralized Ø 150 mm dust extraction system; sites without access for a crane or forklift; pieces under 300 mm in width (oversized machine).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThickness planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 – 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 × 630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 18 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW (10.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW (0.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 1,240 × 1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dust extraction system is needed for the TP 630 D?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TP 630 D has 2 Ø 150 mm dust extraction ports, double the industrial standard of Ø 100 mm. It requires a centralized dust extraction system with a minimum flow rate of 3,000-4,000 m³\/h to effectively manage the volume of chips produced by 630 mm width at full power. A standard mobile extractor is not sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the TP 630 D delivered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1,250 kg, delivery requires preliminary coordination with Krollit to plan: heavy vehicle access to the site, availability of a crane or forklift with at least 2 tons capacity for unloading and positioning. Contact Krollit before ordering for a complete logistical assessment of the installation site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the variable feed speed 5–18 m\/min really useful in production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in industrial production, it is a critical parameter. At 5 m\/min, hardwoods are planed for finishing with thin cuts; at 18 m\/min, productivity is maximized on softwoods for roughing. The ability to vary the speed based on wood type and depth of cut is essential for optimizing quality and productivity on a line with different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does the TP 630 D require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1,250 kg, the machine requires a standard reinforced concrete industrial floor (typically 15-20 cm thick for static loads). It does not require a special foundation or bolting to the ground under normal conditions, but it is advisable to check the load-bearing capacity of the specific site's floor with a structural engineer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs customer support available in Italian for the TP 630 D?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Krollit, as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007, provides customer support in Italian for the entire range, including industrial machines like the TP 630 D. Original Bernardo spare parts are available. For routine and extraordinary maintenance, contact Krollit's technical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692711186760,"sku":"08-1126","price":11370.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_TP_630_D_con_tavolo_motorizzato_e_display_digitale.png?v=1760541222"},{"product_id":"bernardo-sp-150pn-230v","title":"Bernardo SP 150 PN Jointer - 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 150 PN – 230V planer offers a planing width of 150 mm, a total table length of 1,230 mm (infeed 590 mm + outfeed 585 mm), a Ø 60 mm cutter block with 3 HSS knives at 4,500 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 8 mm, and a 1.1 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 115 kg. This is a jointer only, it does not have a thicknessing function. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e jointer only (planer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal table length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,230 mm (590 infeed + 585 outfeed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 60 mm – 3 HSS knives – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW S1 \/ 1.5 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SP 150 PN – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 150 PN – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. Same width (150 mm), same table (1,230 mm), same cutter block with 3 HSS knives, same weight (115 kg). For workshops without a three-phase system looking for a dedicated 150 mm jointer, luthiers, restorers, wood artisans who already have a separate thicknesser and work in non-industrial premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SP 150 PN – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated single-phase jointer. For hobby use without a separate thicknesser, consider combined planer-thicknesser machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLuthier \/ restorer without three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm with HSS knives and 1,230 mm table in single-phase 230V: the dedicated jointer for those working narrow pieces in workshops without three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry workshop with separate thicknesser and without three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a dedicated jointer alongside an existing thicknesser. For those with three-phase available, prefer SP 150 PN – 400V.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with three-phase available (prefer SP 150 PN – 400V); pieces over 150 mm wide; those who also need a thicknessing function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (Planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 100 mm, inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW (1.5 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230 × 530 × 1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 150 PN – 230V and SP 150 PN – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo constructive difference: same width, same HSS cutter block, same table, same dimensions and weight. The difference is exclusively in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SP 150 PN – 230V have a thicknessing function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is exclusively a jointer. For the combined planer-thicknesser function in single-phase, consider ADM 260 – 230V or FS 310 P – 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 3 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) every 2-4 weeks on softwoods, every 1-2 weeks on hardwoods. To reduce maintenance frequency, consider the SP 150 PS – 230V with TCT inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,230 × 530 × 1,180 mm. At 115 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. The width of 530 mm allows positioning even in narrow workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 150 PN and SP 150 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP 150 PN has 3 HSS knives; the SP 150 PS has 28 TCT inserts. Same Ø 60 mm cutter block, same speed (4,500 rpm), same table, same weight. The PN has a lower purchase cost and requires periodic sharpening; the PS has a higher purchase cost but almost no maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692711842120,"sku":"08-10130","price":991.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_Bernardo_SP_150_PN_con_tavoli_in_ghisa_rettificata.jpg?v=1760540639"},{"product_id":"bernardo-sp-200pn-230v","title":"Bernardo SP 200 PN Jointer – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 200 PN – 230V planer offers a planing width of 200 mm, a total table length of 1,805 mm (infeed 880 mm + outfeed 880 mm), a Ø 72 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 4,800 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 8 mm, and a 2.2 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 181 kg. This machine is a jointer only; it does not have a thicknessing function. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jointer only (planer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,805 mm (880 infeed + 880 outfeed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 72 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 181 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SP 200 PN – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 200 PN – 230V is identical to the 400V version in everything except the power supply: single-phase 230V instead of three-phase. Same 1,805 mm table, same cutter block with 4 HSS knives, same weight (181 kg). For joiners, restorers, and parquet manufacturers who work in workshops without a three-phase system and are looking for a dedicated jointer with a long table for pieces up to 200 mm wide. The 2.2 kW single-phase motor is sized for continuous professional use on medium woods for up to 6-7 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SP 200 PN – 230V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional jointer weighing 181 kg. For hobby use, consider lighter combined planer-thicknessers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoiner \/ parquet manufacturer without three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 mm table for long boards, 200 mm width, 4 HSS knives at 4,800 rpm in single-phase 230V: the dedicated jointer for those without three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery with separate thicknesser without three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a dedicated jointer alongside an existing thicknesser. For those with three-phase, prefer SP 200 PN – 400V or SP 200 PS.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with available three-phase (prefer SP 200 PN – 400V or SP 200 PS); pieces over 200 mm wide; those also requiring the thicknessing function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 × 125 mm, inclinable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 × 660 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 HSS knives mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting jig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 200 PN – 230V and SP 200 PN – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo structural difference: same operational specifications, same table, same cutter block, same weight. The only difference is in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. If three-phase is available, the 400V version is always preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only viable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SP 200 PN – 230V have a thicknessing function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is exclusively a jointer. For the combined jointer+thicknesser function in single-phase at similar widths, consider the ADM 260 – 230V (250 mm) or FS 310 P – 230V (310 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, every 2-3 weeks. On hard woods, every 1-2 weeks. To reduce maintenance frequency, consider the SP 200 PS with TCT inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,805 × 660 × 1,200 mm. For handling long pieces, at least 2 m of free space is needed in front and behind. With 181 kg Bernardo shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the 2.2 kW single-phase motor handle continuous professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for shifts of up to 6-7 hours on medium woods. On hard woods (oak, ash), it is advisable to reduce the cutting depth to 1.5-2 mm and take short breaks every 30-45 minutes. A dedicated line with a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker of at least 16A is recommended to avoid trips during startup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692712563016,"sku":"08-10140","price":1573.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_Bernardo_SP_200_PN_con_tavoli_in_ghisa_rettificata..jpg?v=1760539443"},{"product_id":"bernardo-sp-200pn-400v","title":"Bernardo SP 200 PN Jointer – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 200 PN – 400V planer offers a planing width of 200 mm, a total table length of 1,805 mm (880 mm infeed + 880 mm outfeed), a Ø 72 mm cutter block with 4 HSS knives at 4,800 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 8 mm, and a 2.2 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight 181 kg. This machine is for surface planing only; it does not have a thicknessing function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e surface planing only (jointer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal table length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,805 mm (880 infeed + 880 outfeed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 72 mm – 4 HSS knives – 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW S1 \/ 3.0 kW S6 – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 181 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SP 200 PN – 400V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SP 200 PN – 400V is the version with HSS knives (4 knives, not TCT) of the three-phase SP 200: same long table of 1,805 mm, same Ø 72 mm cutter block at 4,800 rpm, same 2.2 kW motor, but with 4 HSS knives instead of the 36 TCT inserts of the SP 200 PS. \"PN\" indicates normal knives. The choice between SP 200 PN and SP 200 PS depends on the preference for cutting edge technology and intensity of use: the PN has a lower purchase cost, the PS has lower maintenance over time. For window and door manufacturers and parquet producers with separate thicknessers who value the long 1,805 mm table for long and narrow pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSP 200 PN vs SP 200 PS: which to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame structure, same motor, same weight (181 kg), same table (1,805 mm). The PN is fitted with 4 HSS knives, sharpening every 1-4 weeks. The PS is fitted with 36 TCT inserts, rotation every 6-10 weeks per insert. Lower purchase cost for PN; higher maintenance cost over time. For those who do not want to change technology and already have experience with HSS sharpening, the PN is the natural choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SP 200 PN – 400V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional 181 kg jointer with three-phase. For hobby use, consider combined planer\/thicknesser machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWindow\/door manufacturer \/ parquet producer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 mm table for long planks and beams, 200 mm width, 4 HSS knives at 4,800 rpm: suitable for reference surfacing on long and narrow pieces in three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery with separate thicknesser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who prefer HSS knives over TCT and have three-phase available. For those who want minimal maintenance, consider SP 200 PS.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V (choose SP 200 PN – 230V); pieces over 200 mm wide; those who also need a thicknessing function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer (surface planer)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutfeed table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 pcs HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 × 125 mm, tiltable 90°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (3.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,805 × 660 × 1,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 HSS knives fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife setting gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 200 PN and SP 200 PS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP 200 PN is fitted with 4 HSS knives; the SP 200 PS is fitted with 36 TCT inserts. Same Ø 72 mm cutter block, same speed (4,800 rpm), same table (1,805 mm), same motor, same weight (181 kg). The PN has a lower purchase cost and requires periodic sharpening; the PS has a higher purchase cost but almost no cutting edge maintenance. The choice depends on technological preference and intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SP 200 PN have a thicknessing function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is exclusively a surface planer. For the combined planer\/thicknesser function at 200 mm, the ADH 250 P – 400V or the PT 260 – 400V are the closest alternatives in terms of width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 4 HSS knives be sharpened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (6-8 hours\/day) on medium woods, sharpening is necessary every 2-3 weeks. On hardwoods every 1-2 weeks. Original Bernardo spare knives available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,805 × 660 × 1,200 mm. For handling long workpieces, clear space of at least 2 m in front and behind is required. With 181 kg Bernardo shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SP 200 PN – 400V and SP 200 PN – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo structural difference: same operational specifications. The only difference is the power supply: three-phase 400V vs single-phase 230V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692712661320,"sku":"08-10141","price":1573.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_Bernardo_SP_200_PN_con_tavoli_in_ghisa_rettificata.jpg?v=1760538338"},{"product_id":"bernardo-th-330-s","title":"Bernardo TH 330 S Bench Thickness Planer – 230V with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 S – 230V benchtop thickness planer offers a working width of 330 mm, a working height of 5–155 mm, a spiral cutterhead Ø 50 mm with 30 TCT inserts at 9,500 rpm, a maximum cutting depth of 2.8 mm, an automatic feed rate of 8 m\/min, and a 1.5 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight approx. 30 kg. This is a benchtop thickness planer only; it does not have a jointer function. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness planing only (benchtop)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking height (min–max):\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterhead:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 50 mm – 30 TCT inserts – 9,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. cutting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 kW S1 \/ 2.1 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TH 330 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 S is the version of the TH 330 with a TCT spiral cutterhead: same portable benchtop structure (30 kg, 230V single-phase), same width (330 mm), but with 30 TCT inserts at 9,500 rpm instead of the 2 HSS knives of the standard version. The difference lies in cutting quality and maintenance: the 30 high-frequency TCT inserts produce a smoother surface compared to the 2 HSS knives and only require the insert to be rotated when worn, without sharpening. This is for those who already own the TH 330 with knives and want to upgrade the technology, or for those who directly choose the top of the 330 mm benchtop range. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used as a secondary finishing thickness planer alongside combined production planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTH 330 S vs TH 330 (HSS): the practical difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 S has 30 TCT inserts at 9,500 rpm, the highest cutting frequency in the entire Bernardo planer range. This means an exceptional finish even on thin passes (0.2-0.5 mm) on fine woods. The 2 HSS knives of the standard TH 330 produce adequate quality for general use; the 30 TCT inserts of the S are appreciated for precision work on hardwoods and fine woods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo TH 330 S – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg, 230V, 330 mm with TCT at 9,500 rpm: the benchtop thickness planer with the highest finishing quality in the Bernardo catalog in a portable format.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLuthier \/ cabinetmaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 30 TCT inserts at 9,500 rpm produce exceptional surfaces on fine woods with thin passes. The finishing quality justifies the higher cost compared to the HSS version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a complementary finishing machine. For continuous production, the TH 330 S is not dimensioned (1.5 kW); consider DH 310 S as a dedicated professional thickness planer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces taller than 155 mm; intensive production on hardwoods beyond 3-4 hours\/day; those who also need the jointer function; pieces wider than 330 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThickness Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable with extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cutting depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterhead – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 pcs reversible (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterhead speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (2.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kW (2.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 640 × 475 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TH 330 S and TH 330 (standard)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 S is equipped with 30 TCT inserts on the Ø 50 mm cutterhead at 9,500 rpm; the standard TH 330 is equipped with 2 HSS knives on the same cutterhead. Same structure, same motor (1.5 kW), same weight (30 kg). TCT offers superior finishing quality (more inserts, more cuts per cm), maintenance by rotating the insert without sharpening, and 10-20 times longer cutting edge life. The TH 330 S has a higher purchase cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 9,500 rpm actually the highest in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The TH 330 and TH 330 S have the highest cutterhead speed in the Bernardo planer catalog, even higher than the SP jointers (4,500-4,800 rpm). The high speed on a small cutterhead (Ø 50 mm) produces a very high number of cuts per cm, with an exceptional finish even at sustained feed rates (8 m\/min).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the TH 330 S have a jointer function?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is exclusively a thickness planer. It does not have an alignment table or a fence for jointing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a dedicated workbench required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a height of 475 mm, the TH 330 S should be placed on a stable bench. At 30 kg, it can be easily moved by one person and stored on any shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the 30 TCT inserts be rotated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intermittent professional use (2-4 hours\/day), one rotation of the insert is necessary every 6-10 weeks per insert. With 30 inserts, rotation is progressive. Complete replacement only occurs when all 4 cutting edges of an insert are worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692713775432,"sku":"08-10120","price":719.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_TH_330_S_Pialla_a_spessore_330_mm_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1757522053"},{"product_id":"bernardo-ad-260-s-pialla-filo-e-spessore-230-v-con-albero-a-spirale-e-lame-tct","title":"Bernardo AD 260 S - 230V Planer Thicknesser Combination with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 250 mm, a jointer table of 1,090 mm, a spiral cutterblock Ø 75 mm with 24 HM inserts at 4,000 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 185 mm, a feed rate of 4.8 m\/min, and a 2.0 kW single-phase 230V motor. Noise reduction up to 50%. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,090 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 185 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutterblock:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 24 HM inserts – 4,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 kW S1 \/ 2.8 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50% vs HSS knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 173 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses this machine and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AD 260 S – 230V with TCT spiral cutterblock is the 250 mm combination planer with HM technology in single-phase: same structure as the standard AD 260 S, same cutterblock with 24 reversible HM inserts, 230V single-phase power supply. For workshops without three-phase power looking for the advantages of TCT cutting edges, reduced noise, minimal maintenance, and consistent quality, at 250 mm width. The 24 HM inserts, each with 4 cutting edges, can be rotated when dull without disassembling the cutterblock. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by artisans and restorers who work in noise-sensitive environments or who want to eliminate sharpening from their maintenance routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this machine for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase 230V, reduced noise, minimal maintenance: the quietest and lowest-maintenance 250 mm combination planer in single-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops without three-phase power that want to eliminate sharpening from their routine. Reduced noise is a concrete advantage in shared work environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 2.0 kW single-phase motor is not sized for intensive industrial cycles. Consider the AD 260 S – 400V three-phase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase power available (consider AD 260 S – 400V); pieces over 250 mm wide; intensive production on hard woods for more than 4 hours\/day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHM inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 pcs reversible (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e715 × 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW (2.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kW (3.8 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 173 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eON\/OFF switch with undervoltage release, anti-kickback rollers, cutterblock guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutterblock with 24 mounted HM inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare HM inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between HM inserts and TCT inserts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHM (Hartmetall in German) and TCT (Tungsten Carbide Tipped) both refer to tungsten carbide inserts; they are the same technology described with different terminologies (German vs English). The operational characteristics are identical: 4 cutting edges per insert, rotation when worn, 10-20 times longer lifespan than HSS knives, approximately 50% noise reduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this machine different from the AD 260 S already in the catalog?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. In the Krollit catalog, the AD 260 S – 230V is listed with two different handles (URLs), this page and the standard one. The technical specifications are identical. If you are considering purchasing, contact Krollit to check which version is available and updated delivery times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you replace a worn HM insert?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the supplied hex key, 2 minutes per insert, without disassembling the cutterblock. Unscrew the screw, rotate the insert 90° to expose the fresh cutting edge, then screw it back in. When all 4 cutting edges are worn, replace the entire insert. Spare inserts are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,150 × 800 × 1,000 mm. For moving workpieces, a clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is needed. At 173 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often are the 24 HM inserts rotated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) on medium woods, one rotation per insert is needed every 4-8 weeks. With 24 inserts, the rotation is progressive; you never work on all of them at once. Maintenance is spread over several months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692744184136,"sku":"08-1053Combo","price":1692.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_AD_260_S_230V_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1777483069"},{"product_id":"pialla-a-filo-e-spessore-fs-310-ps-230-v-con-lame-tct","title":"Bernardo FS 310 PS Jointer and Thicknesser Combo - 230V with spiral cutter block","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS – 230V planer-thicknesser offers a planing width of 310 mm, a surface planing table of 1,400 mm, a spiral cutter block Ø 75 mm with 30 HM inserts at 4,500 rpm, a maximum thicknessing height of 240 mm, a feed rate of 5.4 m\/min, a 3.0 kW single-phase 230V motor, and an included digital display. Weight approx. 205 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (surface planer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface planing table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e spiral Ø 75 mm – 30 HM inserts – 4,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW S1 \/ 4.2 kW S6 – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 mm scale included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 205 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FS 310 PS – 230V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FS 310 PS – 230V is the single-phase version of the FS 310 PS: same operating specifications (310 mm, 30-insert TCT cutter block, 240 mm thicknessing height, digital display, 205 kg) in a 230V configuration for workshops without three-phase power. With a 3.0 kW single-phase motor, it is the most powerful combination planer with a TCT spiral cutter block available in single-phase at 310 mm in the Bernardo catalog. For those who want the triple combination of 310 mm width, TCT technology, and single-phase 230V, without compromising on any of the three parameters. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by joinery shops in non-industrial premises that work wide pieces with high quality requirements and want to eliminate sharpening from maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 310 PS – 230V vs FS 310 PS – 400V\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame operating specifications: 310 mm width, 30 HM TCT inserts, 240 mm thicknessing height, digital display, identical dimensions and weight. The only difference is the power supply. With three-phase available, the 400V version is always preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the only option at this level of performance and technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo FS 310 PS – 230V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 205 kg with a 3.0 kW motor. Dimensions geared towards professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall joinery \/ craftsman (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe most complete 310 mm combination planer with TCT available in single-phase: 240 mm thicknessing height, digital display, HM inserts without sharpening. For workshops without three-phase power that do not want to compromise.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 3.0 kW single-phase motor can handle shifts of up to 6-7 hours on medium woods. For more intensive production with three-phase available, prefer the 400V version.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e those with three-phase available (prefer FS 310 PS – 400V); pieces over 310 mm wide; intensive production on hardwoods for more than 7 hours\/day in single-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSurface Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block – diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHM inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 reversible pieces (4 cutting edges\/insert)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThickness Planer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage height (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknessing table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. stock removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm scale – included as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW (4.0 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kW (5.7 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,400 × 900 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral cutter block with 30 HM inserts installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare HM inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display with 0.1 mm scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 PS – 230V and FS 310 PS – 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo constructive difference: same width, same TCT cutter block, same digital display, same dimensions and weight. The difference is only in the power supply: single-phase 230V vs three-phase 400V. With three-phase available, the 400V version is preferable for more uniform motor torque; without three-phase, the 230V is the necessary choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between FS 310 PS – 230V and FS 310 P – 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 310 PS mounts 30 HM TCT inserts; the FS 310 P mounts 3 HSS knives. Structure, dimensions, digital display, and weight (205 kg) are identical. TCT offers reduced noise by approx. 50%, 10-20 times longer cutting edge life, and maintenance by insert rotation. The cost of the PS is higher; the maintenance savings recoup this in 12-18 months of professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often are the 30 HM inserts rotated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use (4-6 hours\/day) on medium woods, one rotation per insert is necessary every 4-8 weeks. With 30 inserts, rotation is progressive. Complete replacement of an insert only occurs when all 4 cutting edges are worn out, every 4-8 months in professional use. Replacement inserts are available from Krollit stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 240 mm thicknessing height the highest in single-phase at 310 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Among the 310 mm combination planers in single-phase 230V configuration in the Bernardo catalog, the FS 310 PS – 230V and the FS 310 P – 230V share the record of 240 mm maximum thicknessing height, superior to the AD 310 (225 mm) and the PT 310 S (180 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 1,400 × 900 × 980 mm. At 205 kg, it can be moved with a manual pallet jack. For material handling, at least 2.5 m of clear space is needed in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50692746707272,"sku":"combo08-1043","price":2382.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Combo_Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_310_PS_con_albero_a_spirale.jpg?v=1777542820"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pt-260-s","title":"Bernardo PT 260 S Planer Thicknesser – 230\/400V with spiral cutter block","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 S jointer-planer offers a planing width of 260 mm, a jointer table of 1,050 mm, a helical cutter block Ø 55 mm with 24 TCT inserts at 6,700 rpm, a thicknessing height of 5-150 mm, a feed rate of 6 m\/min, a 1.8 kW motor available in both 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase, and an integrated dust collector with bag. Weight 89 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaning width (jointer):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJointer table (length):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutter block:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 55 mm helical, 24 TCT inserts, 6,700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 – 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicknessing feed rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 m\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kW S1 \/ 2.5 kW S6 – 230V single-phase or 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 89 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PT 260 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PT 260 S is a professional combined planer with a 260 mm planing width, TCT helical cutter block, semi-stationary structure, and dual power supply options. The integrated dust collector with a dust bag and the aluminum planing tables with noise-reducing slots distinguish the PT 260 S as an intermediate machine between benchtop planers and heavy stationary machines. Its 89 kg weight provides sufficient stability for daily artisan use without requiring a special foundation. The thicknessing table, guided on 4 columns, ensures uniform feeding even for heavy workpieces up to 150 mm in height. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is a typical choice for small carpentry shops (1-3 employees) looking for a compact planer with performance superior to benchtop models, offering flexibility between single-phase and three-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PT 260 S occupies a precise position in the Bernardo range: above the single-phase PT 250\/305 S (strictly benchtop format) and below the stationary AD 260 (with longer tables, weighing 200+ kg). The difference with the PT 250 S is not only dimensional (260 vs 255 mm) but constructive: longer tables, integrated dust collector, dual power supply, higher structural weight. Compared to the PT 305 S, the PT 260 S foregoes the extra 45 mm of width but offers the advantage of an integrated dust collector and three-phase availability. The typical choice: PT 260 S for those who want a compromise between portability and professional performance at 260 mm; PT 305 S for those who prioritize maximum width in single-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 89 kg, it requires careful handling: using a pallet truck or two people for repositioning is recommended. Original Bernardo replacement TCT inserts, belts, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the PT 260 S for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for professional use: for purely hobbyist use, the expense might be disproportionate. Consider the lower-cost PT 250 S if a 255 mm width is sufficient.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall carpentry \/ artisan (1-5 employees)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm width with integrated dust collector and dual power supply: a practical combination for artisan workshops with daily use. 1,050 mm jointer table handles medium-long workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the 400V three-phase version with 89 kg structural weight, it is dimensioned for prolonged shifts. For industrial production with larger widths, consider the stationary AD 260 S or the ADM range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring a thicknessing height over 150 mm (consider the stationary range); widths over 260 mm (consider the PT 305 S at 300 mm or AD 310 at 310 mm); production with workpieces over 1.8 m requiring longer tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eJointer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointer table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. jointer depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 × 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFence tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThicknesser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective thicknessing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (min – max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. thicknessing depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutter block and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelical with 24 TCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kW (3.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase or 400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,110 × 720 × 1,030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 89 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelical cutter block Ø 55 mm with 24 mounted TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 spare TCT inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated dust collector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V or 400V version better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 400V three-phase version is preferable if the workshop has a three-phase line available: the motor has more constant torque and better thermal management during continuous use. The 230V single-phase is the only choice for those who only have a standard domestic outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical difference is seen in intensive use: the 400V three-phase motor maintains power better on startup and manages heat better during prolonged shifts. In intermittent use, the two versions offer similar performance. For workshops with a three-phase line, there is no advantage in choosing the 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the integrated dust collector replace an external dust collector?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hobbyist-artisan use, yes; for intensive professional use, it is preferable to connect an external dust collector via the Ø 75 mm port. The integrated dust collector is sized to handle chips produced during standard processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated dust collector with bag is a practical solution for workshops that do not have fixed dust extraction systems. For resinous woods or MDF, which produce abundant fine dust, it is recommended to connect to an external dust collector like the MSA 750 or higher to better manage the air in the workshop and reduce respiratory risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference with the stationary AD 260 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AD 260 S has longer cast iron tables (1,450 mm vs 1,050 mm) and a higher weight (approx. 200 kg). The PT 260 S is in a compact format with aluminum tables. Same width, differentiated performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intensive continuous use (over 6 hours daily), the AD 260 S offers greater vibrational stability; for hobby and artisan use, the aluminum tables of the PT 260 are adequate. The price difference between the two machines is significant, so the choice depends on the expected workload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I take a 4 mm jointing cut to quickly flatten a rough board?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the maximum jointing depth of cut is 3 mm. For removals greater than this, multiple consecutive passes with progressive adjustment of the infeed table are necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemovals of 3 mm per pass are already substantial for a planer in this range: on hardwoods like oak or ash, it is advisable to limit to 1.5-2 mm to avoid overloading the motor and preserve surface quality. Effective planing of very warped boards always requires multiple progressive passes, regardless of the planer's power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,110 × 720 × 1,030 mm. For workpiece movement, clear space of at least 1.8 m in front and behind is needed, for a total operating area of approximately 4.5 × 1.2 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working height of 885 mm is optimal for operators of average height. The 89 kg weight allows placement on a standard industrial floor without special foundations. For thicknessing mode on workpieces over 1 m, a roller support on the outfeed is recommended to prevent deflection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230 V","offer_id":50692762534216,"sku":"08-10220","price":1415.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 V","offer_id":50692762566984,"sku":"08-10230","price":1415.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PT_260_S_Pialla_filo_e_spessore_con_albero_elicoidale_260_mm.jpg?v=1757512500"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fs-410p-400v","title":"Bernardo Surface Planer and Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is a planer and thicknesser for professional use available at Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral data: Extraction port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner: Planing width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThicknesser: Table length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is a planer and thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V is part of Bernardo's range of planer thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer assistance available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer thicknesser fs 410 p - 400 v is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window and door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (solid wood machine: composite panels damage the knives, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the Planer Thicknesser FS 410 P - 400 V offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutter block or spiral cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, while the others use standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum machinable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced setup time is convenient for those who frequently alternate the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Check availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50805510701384,"sku":"08-1057","price":2964.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_Bernardo_FS_410_P_con_display_digitale.png?v=1760537141"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-ho-82-850","title":"Guede HO 82-850 Electric Planer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede HO 82-850 electric planer is a jointer and thicknesser for professional use, with an 850 W motor, weighing 2.8 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 850 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-load speed: 16,500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning depth: 0–3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning width: 82 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HO 82-850 Electric Planer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HO 82-850 Electric Planer is a jointer and thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede HO 82-850 electric planer is part of the Guede range of jointer and thicknesser planers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer service available for technical documentation, product data sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HO 82-850 Electric Planer for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HO 82-850 electric planer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joinery workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: jointing and thicknessing of boards, battens and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels ruin the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (H05VV-F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e318 x 165 x 166 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSound level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e101.7 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVibrations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.487 m\/s²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV-grooves for chamfering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChip ejection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilateral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic parking shoe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRebate depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the HO 82-850 electric planer offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum working width of the board in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife or spiral cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version has a spiral cutterhead with HM inserts, the others have standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterhead produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts are individually rotated when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing cutterhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for jointer\/thicknesser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in your workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51620522393928,"sku":"58118","price":69.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_elettrica_Guede_HO_82-850_con_base_in_alluminio_e_guida_parallela.webp?v=1760429350"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-gadh-254-230v","title":"Guede GADH 254 Planer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a planer\/thicknesser for professional use, with an 1800 W motor, weighing approximately 35–40 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V or 400V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 1800 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft speed: 6700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft diameter: 63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a planer\/thicknesser for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is part of the Guede planer\/thicknesser range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer service for selection support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 planer\/thicknesser is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels ruin the knives, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height (thickness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax thicknessing removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 × 254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1110 × 700 × 1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 35–40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V or 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 74 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife or helical cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with HM inserts, the others have standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe helical cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum machinable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change from planing to thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51797298315592,"sku":"55058","price":1258.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51797298348360,"sku":"55059","price":1258.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_filo_e_spessore_G_de_GADH_254_Precisa_e_potente_1800W.webp?v=1760973531"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-gdh-330","title":"Guede GDH 330 thicknesser planer","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer GDH 330 is a jointer and planer for professional use, with a 1500 W motor, weighing approximately 33–36 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power (P1): 1500 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutterblock speed: 8500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing width: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GDH 330 planer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GDH 330 planer is a jointer and planer for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Planer GDH 330 is part of the Guede range of jointer and planers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GDH 330 planer for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GDH 330 planer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: jointing and planing boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture manufacturers and window\/door production\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage knives, consider sanders).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 × 580 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 33–36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (P1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax removal per pass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 columns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 × 630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutterblock speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the GDH 330 planer offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife or helical cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spirale\" version features a helical cutterhead with HM inserts, while others use standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe helical cutterhead produces less noise, better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the planer head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for jointing\/planing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow switching between functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51797304213832,"sku":"55268","price":433.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_G_de_GDH_330_con_regolazione_continua_e_rulli_di_ritorno.webp?v=1760974142"},{"product_id":"pialle-guede-gadh-254","title":"Guede GADH 254 Planer and Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is a professional planer\/thicknesser, with a 1500 W motor, weighing ~35–40 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMains voltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 1500 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft speed: 8500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of blades: 2 HSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax planing width: 254 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser is a professional planer\/thicknesser distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede Planer\/Thicknesser GADH 254 is part of the Guede planer\/thicknesser range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GADH 254 planer\/thicknesser is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joinery workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax planing width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax stock removal (thicknesser)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThicknesser table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 264 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 × 264 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParallel fence inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 × 565 × 1114 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~35–40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 HSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax stock removal (planer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise level (LWA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the GADH 254 Planer\/Thicknesser offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be worked in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutter block or spiral cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spirale\" version features a helical cutterhead with HM inserts, while others use standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterhead produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum working thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknesser shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick changeover for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow function changes in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51802974388552,"sku":"55441","price":437.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_filo_e_spessore_Guede_GADH_254_con_piani_in_alluminio_e_lame_HSS.webp?v=1761039111"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-pialla-a-spessore-bernardo-th330-pro-230v","title":"Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V Planer Thicknesser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is a jointer and thicknesser planer for professional use, with a 1.8 kW (2.4 HP) motor, weighing approx. 49 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning width: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max: 5 – 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable dimensions: 505 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum removal: 3.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum workpiece length: 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaner shaft diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is a jointer and thicknesser planer for professional use distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is part of the Bernardo range of jointer and thicknesser planers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit is an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional carpentry shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: jointing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (machine for solid wood: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 610 × 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kW (3.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaner shaft speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the TH 330 Pro 230V thicknesser planer offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum width of the board that can be processed in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCutterhead or spiral cutterhead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutterhead with HM inserts, while the others feature standard HSS blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutterhead produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but it costs more. The inserts are individually rotated when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety of the protective devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for jointing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow switching between functions in a few seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently alternate between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51877871190344,"sku":"08-10125","price":952.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_TH_330_Pro_230V_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1777727706"},{"product_id":"attrezzature-pialla-a-spessore-bernardo-th330-pro-s-230v","title":"Bernardo TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V Planer Thicknesser with Spiral Cutterblock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block is a professional planer-thicknesser, with a 1.8 kW (2.4 HP) motor, weighing approx. 49 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaning width: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max: 5 – 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable size: 505 × 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. depth of cut: 3.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin. workpiece length: 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutter block diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block is a professional planer-thicknesser distributed by Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block is part of the Bernardo range of planer-thicknessers, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional joineries\u003c\/strong\u003e: planing and thicknessing of boards, battens, and solid wood with precise dimensional tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture factories and window\/door manufacturers\u003c\/strong\u003e: surface preparation and board calibration before subsequent assembly processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planing chipboard or MDF panels (solid wood machine: composite panels damage the blades, consider calibrating machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaning width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece height min\/max\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMin. workpiece length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 610 × 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kW (2.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kW (3.4 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. depth of cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 pieces (4 cutting edges each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutter block type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral with carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat planing width does the TH 330 Pro-S \/ 230V thicknesser with spiral cutter block offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Planing width\" in the technical table: typically from 250 to 410 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width determines the maximum workable board width in a single pass. For wider boards, a double pass or a larger machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eKnife or spiral cutter block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the model: the \"S\" or \"Spiral\" version features a helical cutter block with carbide inserts, while the others feature standard HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spiral cutter block produces less noise, a better finish, and 5-10 times longer tool life, but costs more. The inserts can be rotated individually when worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eMinimum and maximum workable thickness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Min\/max thickness\" in the technical table: typically from 4 mm to 230 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum thickness is limited by the safety devices; the maximum depends on the clearance under the thicknessing cutter block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have quick change for planing\/thicknessing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models allow changing functions in seconds by tilting the tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced setup time is beneficial for those who frequently switch between the two functions in series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" in the table: typically 400 V three-phase for professional machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModels with motors over 2.2 kW require a three-phase line. Check availability in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51877930762568,"sku":"08-10126","price":1293.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pialla_a_spessore_Bernardo_TH_330_Pro-S_Silenziosa_con_albero_a_spirale.png?v=1761734646"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/pialle.png?v=1759315365","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/planers.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}